Home

Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link User Guide

Contents

1. 7 Criteria 2 1 New R Open yd Save Al Save Ae Help Universe Currency Active Companies Primary Only v Public e United States dollar Zi Quick List Add 23 X Delete 2 b F Order Item Condition Value Matches Baseset TFFILTERSET Companies Active 1 IssuerStatus Public 40415 Ba IN TF ExchangeCode XNYS 1 1567 El o IN TF InstrumentTypeCode COM 1 1396 B o IN TF ICBIndustryName Health Care Financials Technology Telecommunications 1 369 El o TF PR PriceClose gt 35 109 oe TF PR PriceHighS2Wk gt 45 KH El o TF PR PriceLow52Wk gt 25 87 Show Results Results 87 D D Build a Report 24 Save to List View Screen Criteria Thy r3 Name ThomsonTicker Exchanges Instrument Type ICB Industry Close Price High Price 52 Wks Low Price 52 Wks ABBOTT LABS ABTN we COM HebGae 28H 5678 AB ABOVENET INC ABVT N XNYS COM Telecommunications 54 31 67 41 11 el ACE LTD ACE N XNYS COM Financials 59 4 60 18 47 08 AFFILIATED MANAGERS GROUP AMG N XNYS COM Financials 83 25 88 58 07 AFLAC INC AFL N XNYS COM Financials 54 69 56 55 39 9 ALCON INC ACL N XNYS COM Health Care 167 4 170 64 134 43 ALLEGHANY CORP DEL Y N XNYS COM Financials 295 36 311 242 16 ALLERGAN INC AGN N XNYS COM Health Care 71 72 69 08 53 31 ALLIED WRLD ASSUR COM HLDG L AWH N XNYS COM Financials 56 36 57 89 40 59 AMERICAN EXPRESS CO AXP N XNYS COM Financials 39 3 49 18 34 25 AMERICAN TOWER
2. THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 45 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 6 Aggregate Builder THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 46 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder Chapter 7 Chart Builder Chart Builder allows you to easily bring together Thomson Reuters data while leveraging the best of Excel s charting capabilities in order to create quick and attractive charts Select from a number of pre defined charts or create your own charts for use in your templates or reports Create a Single Equity Price Chart Chart Builder A single equity price chart always presents the closing price activity of a security over a period of time You can format single security price charts as a candle stick hi lo close or line chart Different chart formats display different kinds of information You can also view data for every price chart in numerical table format After you export a chart you can further customize its display by applying all of Excel s powerful chart modifying tools To create a price chart 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Chart 2 From the drop down select an entity type The entity type you select determines the availability of each kind of chart 3 Inthe Identifiers box type a single identifier or to search for a company see Look up a Company Identifier Lookup on page 13 click the Look Up icon 4 From the Category drop down select Price 5 Select a chart ty
3. lt gt AND OR XOR Division excluding negative numbers Modulus Exponent Equals Less Than Greater Than Less Than or Equal to Greater Than or Equal to Not Equal to First Available Non Null AND OR XOR Zero if Not Available Equals Comparison Only AND A B A B A gt B A lt gt B A B AANDB AORB AXORB A B A amp B If the denominator is negative or O it will return an N A otherwise it will return a value Finds the remainder of a Division remainder of A B A Raised to the power of B A equals B A is less than B Ais greater than B A is less than or equal to B A is greater than or equal to B A does not equal B If A exists then A If A does not exist then B Both sides of the equation must be true Either or both sides of the equation must be true One and only one side of the equation must be true If A is Null then O is returned otherwise A is returned If A and B are equivalent then True 1 is returned otherwise False 0 The same as the AND operator If both sides of the equation are trues True 1 is returned otherwise False 0 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 114 OF 235 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The same as the OR operator If either A or B or both A and B are true the True 1 is returned otherwise False 0 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN
4. button to access Note Once you make your selection and click OK the correct date syntax appears in the manual entry box You can then manually edit the date e Select Data Item Allows you to select a date or dates by selecting a data item that automatically retrieves a date such as TF PR PriceCloseDate Note You can change the data item s value to Date from the Output drop down to automatically retrieve a date e Cell Reference Parameter Allows you to select the cell that you want to reference THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 208 OF 235 MN 212 Absolute Dates Date Syntax Chapter 23 Date Syntax Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link defines absolute dates in terms of days months and years as well as fiscal and calendar quarters and years You can also use these date formats for period parameters Calendarized Calendar Month End Calendar Quarter Calendar Semi Annual Calendar Year Fiscal Quarter Fiscal Semi Annual Fiscal Year YYYY MM D D MM YYYY qlQCY YYYY sISCY YYYY CYLYYYY q FQ YYYY s FS YYYY FY YYYY Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Quarter is 1 4 Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Semi Annual is 1 2 Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Quarter is 1 4 Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Semi Annual is 1 2 Year is between 1950 and
5. Delete Subfolders for Watchlists and Portfolios My Workbench To delete lists 1 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select a list 2 Click Delete The list goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more details see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 Manage Screens My Workbench Screens are a set of entities based on your specified criteria To export screens see Export to Excel see Export to Excel My Workbench on page 184 To create new screens click New and select Screen The Screen Builder on page 134 launches Create Screen Sub folders My Workbench To create new personal or shared screen sub folders 1 Click New and select Folder 2 Select either Personal or Shared Screens 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Screens My Workbench To search for and view screens 1 Click the Screens tab in My Workbench 2 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select a screen 3 To search for a screen type all or part of a screen name in the box a Click A THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 181 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench b To search for a screen in a specific folder click the icon drop down and click Select Folder Browse through the folders and click OK Delete Screens My Workbench To delete screens 1 Inth
6. Export _ x __ Close Manage Lists My Workbench Lists are Portfolio Warehouse lists that you can view or export To export lists see Export to Excel see Export to Excel My Workbench on page 184 To create new watchlists click New and then List The List Builder see Watchlist Builder on page 118 launches To create a new portfolio see Funded Portfolio Builder on page 115 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 180 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench Create Subfolders for Watchlists and Portfolios My Workbench To create new personal or shared sub folders for watchlists and portfolios 1 Click New and select Folder 2 Click the triangle next to either Personal Lists or Shared Lists and click Watchlists or Portfolios 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Watchlists and Portfolios My Workbench To search for and view lists 1 Click the Lists tab 2 To browse through the lists in the Lists area click the Personal Lists or Shared Lists folder and the Watchlists or Portfolios folder or sub folders and click a watchlist or portfolio 3 To search for a list type all or part of a list name in the box click ZC and click Search Ranks Search All or Search Selected Folder 4 To view the identifiers shares and weight of a portfolio as of a date other than today type over the date in the As Of box in the right panel or click is and select a date
7. THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 32 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select an exchange To select multiple exchanges hold the CTRL key while clicking countries o click gel d Click OK 10 To search for active or inactive securities only in the text box to the right of Security Status and Equals click the ellipsis a Select Active or Inactive b Click OK You cannot select Thomson Ticker in the Keyword drop down if you are searching for an inactive company Tl Click Show Results 12 To hide the Advanced Options and expand the Search Results area click amp Advanced Options 13 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 14 If applicable click the plus signs in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information 15 To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information 16 To export an index to a spreadsheet select it and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 17 To look up a different index click New Search Criteria Entity Type l Public Companies G Keyword Company Name m Starts with Best P county of x
8. 1 In Screen Builder click 2 KA H okl 2 Click z Go Point to Add Basic Descriptive Items and click Instrument Type 4 From the left box select an instrument type To select multiple instrument types hold the CTRL key while clicking instrument types 5 Click Le 6 Click OK 7 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 8 Click OK Add the Country of Exchange to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you can add the country with the exchange in which the instrument on which you are screening is traded To add the country of exchange to a screen I Add 1 In Screen Builder click BJ e A ees 2 Click ERR Point to Add Basic Descriptive Items and click Country of Exchange 3 4 From the left box select a country you would like to include or exclude in your screen To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries 5 Click E 6 To exclude the your selections select Exclude these Country of Exchange 7 Click OK 8 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 9 Click OK Add Geographical Region to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you can
9. 72 104 108 RSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 91 RSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 91 RSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 73 82 92 RSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 73 83 92 Run a Screen Screen Builder e 150 151 152 153 S Save a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder 46 47 216 Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist 121 123 124 125 156 Save a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking e 155 159 161 Save a Screen Screen Builder e 148 150 216 Save a Source Document as a PDF Click Thru Audit 211 Save a Source Workbooks and Target Presentation or Document to a Zip File Linking 188 Index Save an Expression Expression Builder 64 65 66 216 Save Items While in Cache Mode 216 Save Results as a Watch List Screen Builder 151 Save Results as a Watchlist Multi Factor Ranking 161 Scale Parameter 24 30 138 Screen Builder 140 154 190 226 Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup 8 9 10 15 Search for a Data Item by Name Expression Builder 57 58 60 62 Search for and View Aggregates My Workbench 192 Search for and View Expressions My Workbench 191 Search for and View Rankings My Workbench 194 Search for and View Screens My Workbench 190 Search for and View Templates My Workbench 193 Search for and View Watchlists and Portfolios My Wo
10. If the name of the item for which you are searching is not in the list clear the Search field Click Refresh Repeat steps 1 2 To close the Proprietary Data Manager click Close An AWN gt Export Proprietary Data Manager To help manage your proprietary data items you can export the sample input file format or a list of saved items to your spreadsheet All the rows and columns in the preview export to the spreadsheet To export the sample input file format 1 On the Thomson Reuters tab in the Build group click Proprietary Data 2 In Proprietary Data Manager click Import Data in the left navigation pane 3 On your spreadsheet click the starting cell for the data that you want to export 4 In Proprietary Data Manager right click any cell in the Sample Input File Format and click Export to Excel To export a list of saved proprietary data items 1 In Proprietary Data Manager click Manage Data 2 To export a filtered list type all or part of the name of the data items In the Search field 3 On your spreadsheet click the starting cell for the data that you want to export 4 In Proprietary Data Manager right click any cell in the list of data items and click Export to Excel THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 162 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking Chapter 15 Linking Linking provides a connection between Microsoft Excel and PowerPoint or Word in which PowerPoint or Word can display data tables
11. harmonic mean MAX see MAX Statistical Functions on page 100 maximum MAX_INDEX see MAX_INDEX Statistical Functions on page 101 index of the maximum value MEDIAN see MEDIAN Statistical Functions on page 101 median MIN see MIN Statistical Functions on page 101 minimum MIN_INDEX see MIN_INDEX Statistical Functions on page 102 index of the minimum value RSI see RSI Statistical Functions on page 102 Relative Strength Index STD see STD Statistical Functions on page 102 standard deviation STDP see STDP Statistical Functions on page 103 standard deviation of population SUM see SUM Statistical Functions on page 103 sum UP_SEQ see UP_SEQ Statistical Functions on page 103 up sequence VAR see VAR Statistical Functions on page 104 variance VARP see VARP Statistical Functions on page 104 variance population WAVG see WAVG Statistical Functions on page 104 weighted average WGMEAN see WGMEAN Statistical Functions on page 105 weighted geometric mean WHAVG see WHAVG Statistical Functions on page 105 weighted harmonic mean WMEDIAN see WMEDIAN Statistical Functions on page 106 weighted median WSTD see WSTD Statistical Functions on page 106 weighted standard deviation WSTDP see WSTDP Statistical Functions on page 107 weighted standard deviation of population WVAR see WVAR Statistical Functions on page 108 weighted
12. 2ncccccccceenntitec caste cee nceceedcceeceesectacieesststeneectscteccceadenesstecteceonedener lt tastecestedsrecciaaess Look up a Company Equity Index or IBES Global Aggregate Identifier Lookup Look up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup 0 c ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeeaeeeseaeeeseeeeeceeeeseeaeeseeeeeeeeeaee 30 Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup ernen ne 31 Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Lookup c eeseeeeeees 32 Advanced Options for Looking up an Equity Index Identifier Lookup ennnen 34 Advanced Options for Looking up IBES Global Aggregates Identifier Lookup rtnn nnnnnnntnnneten eneee 35 Advanced Options for Looking up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup eti nentnttnnentn retn nnnnnnnnennnneen nene 37 Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup EEEn At EAEE EESN EAEAN EESE EE EEEE E SEEE EnEn nnen neea 38 Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeseaaeeeceeeeeecaeeseceaeeeeceaeeeseaeesseeeeseeeeeseneeseeseeeeee 38 Datastream Country Identification Prefixes 2 ccccceccccecee tntu eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeaeaeaeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaea 39 Chapter6 Aggregate Builder Create a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder cccccccccceessssccececessssseeeceescesssse
13. 3 To add data see Make Data Item Selections for a Custom Report Report Builder on page 123 item columns ih to your results click Customize Your Export Screen Builder You can customize your export and defaults for future exports to Excel To customize export settings 1 After building see Build a Screen Screen Builder on page 134 and running see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 a screen click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 Click the Export drop down arrow and choose Export As 3 Select to export either your Results or your selected Criteria 4 If exporting as criteria select Output and if you select Text Across Multiple Lines Layout 5 If exporting as results select Calculation Type Output Layout Data Items Identifiers Headers and Clean Up criteria from the appropriate drop downs Not all selections are available for all screens 6 Select if you would like to keep these settings as defaults when exporting data 7 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data 8 Click OK to export to Excel THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 147 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Multi Factor Ranking is a key step in the stock selection process You can rank based on your criteria and generate a report from the results These reports can be the basis
14. Builder e 126 129 152 Make Data Item Selections for an Ownership Report Report Builder 130 Manage Custom Aggregates My Workbench 192 Manage Expressions My Workbench e 65 191 Manage Links Linking 179 188 Manage Lists My Workbench 189 Manage Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager 168 Manage Rankings My Workbench 193 Manage Screens My Workbench 190 Manage Templates My Workbench 192 Mathematical Functions e 69 95 Mathematical Operators 57 66 68 118 149 MAX Statistical Functions 71 104 107 MAX_INDEX Statistical Functions 71 104 107 MEDIAN Statistical Functions 71 104 107 Methodology Parameter 20 30 MIN Statistical Functions 71 104 108 MIN_INDEX Statistical Functions 71 104 108 Modify Parameters using Hyperlinks Expression Builder 62 68 Multi Factor Ranking 154 193 226 My Workbench 189 226 N Name Property Expression Properties 71 76 78 NOT IN General Functions 71 80 O Offset Parameter 20 28 Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder 46 47 Open a Saved Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 160 Open a Screen Screen Builder 150 151 Open Log Folder or Send Logs Options 198 Options e 35 196 227 OR Logical Functions e 71 94 OUT_OF_RANGE General Functions 71 80 81 Output Parameter 20 30 Owner Filter Parameter 21 25 29 Owner Types Report Builder e 129
15. Ctrl Alt hyphen Ctrl Alt comma Ctrl Alt close square bracket Ctrl Alt 7 Ctrl Shift left arrow Ctrl Alt plus sign Ctrl Alt period Ctrl Alt open square bracket Ctrl Shift n Ctrl Alt 4 Ctrl Shift h Ctrl Shift right arrow THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 175 OF 235 Chapter 15 Linking Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking You can edit not only the keystrokes that you use for the Linking keyboard shortcuts in Excel but you can also edit the values for some of the shortcuts For example you can change the default background colors of a cell and the order in which Excel applies them with each press of the keyboard shortcut Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Clear or select the Ctrl Alt and Shift boxes and or select a key from the drop down 3 Click Save Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts with Colors Linking You can have up to five color selections for cell background cell border font color and table border color Every t
16. Expressions Screens Aggregates and Multi Factor Rankings to Excel To export files 1 Select the file you d like to export 2 Click Export 3 To customize your export see e Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Constituent Lookup on page 6 for lists of index watch list or portfolio constituents e Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 for custom expressions e Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Screen Builder on page 146 for screens e Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder on page 44 for custom aggregates e Customize your Export see Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 for multi factor rankings THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 185 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options Chapter 17 Options Options are user preferences that guide the system in determining what data to retrieve For example you can set your system to reflect the calendar used by a specific exchange so that all pricing data requested is returned with dates that correspond to dates when that exchange was operational Options allow you to change many default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link settings on a global level Change Connection Settings Options To change connection settings 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon uae 2 Inthe Connection category in the Cre
17. From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Output Date drop down make a selection 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 192 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options Change Currency Settings Options The Currency default is set to display all monetary values in the national currency of your country You can however change this setting to reflect the currency of your choice For example if you trade in Europe you can change your currency setting to European Union euro so that all monetary values are displayed in euros To change your currency setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Currency drop down make a selection 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Change Statistic Currency Settings Options Statistic Currency refers to the currency used to calculate statistics in monetary terms for multi company statistics When Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link computes the average of a group of monetary values in different denominations it first converts their values into one standard currency If the preference is for United States dollars USD Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link converts all values to US dollars and then comp
18. In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 4 To break all the links click Select All 5 If you have multiple categories of links make a selection from the Group By drop down and or the Filter By drop down To break all the links of one category select the category with all the links that you want to break For example to break all the table links select Table Table Lock Group Refresh Group Page 2 Placeholder 5 Test Book5_pie chat des Sheet Linking Range 1 Refresh 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM D Le Source 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM Target 5 25 2011 11 35 03 PM E Sa Gu To break individual links select each link that you want to break At the bottom of the Managed Linked Content dialog click Break Selected Links Click Yes to confirm Click Close OO ND Delete Broken Links Linking You can delete or clean broken links between a workbook and a presentation or document Broken links are linked files that you have deleted or moved from their original location To delete broken links 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook in which you want to delete broken links 2 In PowerPoint or
19. Linking has keyboard shortcuts in Excel You can edit or deactivate any of the shortcuts You can also import keyboard shortcuts to overwrite the system defaults or export the keyboard shortcuts from Linking to another place THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 174 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking These keyboard shortcuts are unique to Linking and are not related to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link keyboard shortcuts see Keyboard Shortcuts on page 214 List of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking These default shortcuts apply to Excel when you are using Linking You can change these default shortcuts to different keystrokes For a list of default shortcuts for Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link see Keyboard Shortcuts on page 214 apply or change cell background apply or change cell border color apply or change cell border thickness apply or change Currency apply or change date decrease number of digits after decimal by one decrease font size by one point decrease indent by one point change font color change horizontal cell alignment increase number of digits after decimal by one increase font size by one point increase indent by one point apply or change number formats apply or change table border color apply or change table border thickness change vertical cell alignment Shortcut Ctrl Shift b Ctrl Alt 3 Cirt Shift t Ctrl Shift y Ctrl Shift d
20. Templates are spreadsheets with data items in a specialized format for example borders sizing etc You can upload templates adding descriptions and permissions to be saved on Thomson Reuters servers To view a template 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Templates 2 Inthe Templates section open a folder and select a template 3 To search for a template type all or part of its name in the box 4 Click to search all folders or to select a single folder to search 5 To export the template to Excel click Export X Sea rch py A Refresh 3 New X e Help Folders Name Owner Date Modified Name Detail_Estimate_History gt B Thomson Reuters Temp Consensus_Estima 11 20 2009 a Date Created 11 20 2009 2 28 43 PM f DCF_Model 11 20 2009 Date Modified 11 20 2009 2 41 31 PM b 3 Shared Templates DCF_Model2 11 20 2009 Description am A 24 month time series history of detail Dividend_Discount 11 20 2008 level estimates for the estimate measure Dupont_Analysis 11 20 2009 fiscal period and brokers of your choice Dupont_Analysis2 11 20 2008 EPS_Revision_Trend 11 20 2008 Estimates_Detail 11 20 2009 Estimates_Surprise 11 20 2008 EVA_Model 11 20 2009 EVA_Model2 11 20 2009 Excel_Shortcuts 11 20 2009 Extended_Peer_Co 11 20 2009 FIG_Comparables 11 20 2009 FIG _Extended_Co 11 20 2008 Function_Call_Exa 11 20 2008 Historical_Estimates 11 20 2009
21. Then you can select the other set of links and perform the other action To lock or unlock links 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook in which you want to lock or unlock links 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Manage Links In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 4 To lock or unlock all the links click Select All 5 If you have multiple categories of links make a selection from the Group By drop down and or the Filter By drop down To lock or unlock all the links of one category select the category with all the links that you want to lock or unlock For example to lock all the broken table links select Table Table Lock Group Refresh Group 2 Page 2 Placeholder 5 Test Book5 pie chart xlsx Sheetd Linking Range 1 Refresh 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM D Le Source 5 25 2011 11 12 37 DM Target 5 25 2011 11 35 03 PM EI E Sa Gu To lock or unlock individual links select each link that you want to lock or unlock 7 From the drop down at the top of the Managed Linked Content dialog select Lock Selected or Unlock Selected and click Go 8 After the system
22. This function returns the harmonic mean from 10 years of annual revenues for IBM TF IBM HAVG TF FN Sales period FYO Function Call Sample Formula piso sree Ogee MAX Statistical Functions The Maximum function MAX returns the largest value in the function The Number List parameter accepts any array formula This function returns the highest revenue from Sales over 10 years for IBM THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 101 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder TF IBM MAX TF FN Sales period FYO Function Call Sample Formula edate 0 edate 9 fra FV N MAX_INDEX Statistical Functions The Maximum Index function MAX_INDEX returns the position of the largest number within a set of values The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set This function returns the highest revenue from Sales over 10 years for IBM TF IBM MAX TF FN Sales period FYO Function Call Sample Formula edate 0 edate 9 frq FV N MEDIAN Statistical Functions The MEDIAN function returns the median the number in the middle or the average of the middle two values F x MEDIAN fx source function or list You can use this function to find the middle value of sales revenue over a given time period Half of the P Es are above this number and half are below TF IBM MEDIAN TF FN Sales period FYO rollPeriods 1 Function Call Sample Formula sdate edate 0 fro V MI
23. You can set Identifier Matching at the global level only To change the identifier matching setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wily 2 Click Identifiers 3 From the Default ID Type drop down select a default identifier type For identifier matching your current identifiers are listed in preference order in the right list box 4 To rearrange the order of identifier matching select an identifier and use the Move Up and Move Down buttons 5 To ensure that you can retrieve private company data entitlements required scroll down to select Gem Quote Perm ID click Move Up so that Gem Quote Perm ID is not at the bottom of the list and click Apply THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 188 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options 6 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Connection e2 Define the settings specific to identifiers Defaults Identifiers Settings for Identifiers Brokers Default ID Type Company Name D Updates Order of Entitlements Identifier Matching en Regional SEDOL Cusip wl check digit Display Sedol w check digit Export QAID ISIN Resources Thomson Ticker Worldscope ID L oe Change Broker Settings Options The Broker Settings preference allows you to limit results for the detail and custom estimate fields of the brokers you choose to include or exclude If yo
24. charts or other content that you create in Excel You can export from Excel to PowerPoint or Word and then manage your links and refresh the content from either Excel or the target application You must save your Excel spreadsheet Word document and or PowerPoint presentation before you can use Linking Import and Export Content Linking Import into PowerPoint from Excel Linking While you are working in a saved PowerPoint presentation or Word document you can import content from an Excel workbook You can link multiple individual non contiguous cells from Excel to PowerPoint or Word into a single text box You can also import charts tables and text from Excel into a PowerPoint slide or onto a placeholder or the cursor location of a Word document Before you import you must decide whether you want to import part of the contents of an Excel worksheet such as a selection of cells or an object on a worksheet such as a graph or chart onto the PowerPoint slide or Word document and whether you want to be able to edit the content in the target application If you want to import an object from an Excel worksheet you can perform a quick import of a that object to PowerPoint see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking on page 163 or Word see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking on page 165 using Import Selection and the content imports as you set your default in Options
25. factor is applicable only with the Europe Model THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 17 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup The Barra Integrated Models country specific models attribute the explainable portion of an asset s return to the local factors at work in each market The factors may differ significantly from market to market By modeling each market individually Barra enables investors to see their exposures to various factors of each particular market When you select the data item Asset Exposure you must also choose a Factor Type parameter Example To view the asset exposure of GE in the US Long Term Equity Model or the US Short Term Equity Model select one of the Factor Types under Data Item Parameters for which you would like to see GE s exposure You can select from various applicable style factors such as momentum size value etc or select the appropriate industry factor In the case of GE you could select Consumer Durables Heavy Electrical Equipment or Media Frequency Parameter Together the freq frequency sdate start date and edate end date parameters return time series data The freq parameter defines the frequency at which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns data Edate and sdate define a time period over which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns data Include Excluded Estimates Parameter The Include or Show Excluded Estimates parameter applies to Estimates d
26. investor holds of a company It is calculated by dividing the investor share position in a company by the adjusted shares outstanding of the company as of the latest filing date PAGE 128 OF 235 Owner Type Strategic Holders Default Data Items TF OP Position TF OP PositionChg TF OP PctPosChg TF OP PositionDate TF OP FilingType TF OP OwnerEquityAssets TF OP OwnerlnvestmentStyle TF OP OwnerTurnover2 TF OP OwnerlnvestorSubType TF OP InvestorCity TF OP InvestorCountry TF OP InvestorName TF OP PctOwnership TF OP Position TF OP PositionChg Chapter 11 Report Builder Definition of Data Item Number of shares held by investor Change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Percentage change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Date of shares reported Description of filing sources for shares reported Total value of the holdings of an investor as of the filing dates of the holdings in each stock Investment style for investor owner such as Aggressive Growth This is derived from the style of the constituent stocks which is in turn derived from the earnings of the companies Turnover is a measure of the churn in an owner s portfolio the buying and selling that take place over a period of time Thomson Reuters calculates investor turnover after analyzing its previous 12 quarters 36 months of
27. m Historical_Multiples 11 20 2009 e e 84 Templates 1 Selected L Ges JI goe _ Upload Templates Template Library Uploading previously saved templates lets you store templates on the Thomson Reuters server and add permissioning and descriptions To upload templates 1 Inthe Template Library window select the folder you would like to upload a template to You cannot upload templates to the Thomson Reuters Folder Templates saved in the Personal Folder are only available to you Templates saved in the Shared Folder are available to all users in your firm 2 Click Upload 3 Browse for a spreadsheet by clicking the File icon or type the file s location in the search bar 4 Optional n the appropriate boxes type the name and description 5 Click Upload THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 3 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 2 Template Library THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 4 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 3 Constituent Lookup Chapter 3 Constituent Lookup You can use the Constituent Lookup to search for an index portfolio or watch list and export the constituents to your spreadsheet In addition you can view weights in indexes and all portfolios You can view shares in the funded portfolios Look Up Constituents Constituent Lookup You can use the Constituent Lookup to search for an index portfolio or watch list and export the constituents to your spreadsheet To look up constituents
28. quantifies the steepness of the regression line between two variables X and Y in a simple linear regression It equals the change in Y for each unit change in X In this case the Y variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the X variable is time The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 87 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The following function returns the slope of the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula SLOPE TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq D SLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Slope Standard Deviation function SLOPESTD returns the standard deviation of the slope of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time Slope standard deviation quantifies the precision of the estimated slope in a linear regression In this case the linear regression is the simple linear regression of the data item specified in the Formula parameter against time The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard deviation of the slope of the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula SLOPESTD TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq D STDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Standard Error function STDERR returns the st
29. see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 3 Inthe Item area click a data item 4 Toset the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 5 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Data Items area click a data item 7 Add the data item to the end of an expression see Add a Data Item to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 54 or at the location of the cursor in the Expression box see Add a Data Item at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 54 Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder To add a function at the cursor 1 Place your cursor in the location you want the function to appear 2 Click Add to Expression Set Parameters for Data Items Expression Builder You can set the parameters for any data item Parameters with an asterisk denote required information THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 56 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder All parameters are grouped into Basic Parameters Advanced Parameters and Settings and vary according to data item category For example data items in the Descriptive Information category have different parameters from data items in the Financials category In addition data items within specific categor
30. see Set Default Link Options Linking on page 168 Alternatively you can import objects from an Excel worksheet while retaining the ability to update the content either in the target application or in Excel To do so see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel Linking on page 162 or Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel Linking on page 164 and select to import the selection as embedded content Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel Linking You can import charts tables numeric values and text from Excel into a PowerPoint slide You can import objects or select cells from Excel To import objects from a worksheet to PowerPoint from Excel 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you want to import into PowerPoint 2 Open the PowerPoint presentation and slide to which you want to import the Excel content 3 To import to PowerPoint 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Import and click Import 4 To import to PowerPoint 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import In the Excel worksheet name a range see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 6 In PowerPoint in the Import Excel Object dialog select the spreadsh
31. type a value or click the arrow of the blank drop down on the right or click Select a Data Item see Filter by Data Item Screen Builder on page 142 Create an Expression see Filter by Custom Expression Screen Builder on page 142 or Reference a Cell see Reference a Cell Report Builder on page 121 7 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 8 Click OK Filter by Saved Screen Screen Builder You can use a screen that you a colleague or Thomson Reuters previously created and saved see Save a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 and use it as is or use it with modifications To filter by saved screen 1 In Screen Builder click u dd a LS HS i 7 owl 2 ck a 3 Click Insert Saved Screen 4 Inthe Open Screens dialog type part or all of the name or type of screen 5 Select ascreen in the middle panel THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 142 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Click OK 7 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 8 Click OK Filter by Data Item Screen Builder You can filter by many of the data items for which you have entitlements To add a data item to a screen SES 1 In Screen Builder click Hr okl Click R
32. 1 2 3 4 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide Click Regional Under Settings for Calendar make a selection from the Fiscal Calendar drop down Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Connection e2 Change the region specific settings Defaults Identifiers Region specific Settings Brokers Country United States of America a Updates Input Date mm dd yy D Entitlements Output Date m d yyyy S Sj Currency NATIVE KA Statistic Currency United States dollar X Display Language English Zi Export Settings for Calendar Resources Exchange Calendar Five day e Fiscal Calendar L oe IC Gi 1 sen Change Error Message Display Settings Options You can set defaults on a global level for various display settings You can show or hide parameters see Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List on page 15 in function calls as the default view You can set a default color for numbers you edit in Click Thru Audit You can set whether a new Click Thru Audit source document will replace the one in the open window or will open as a new window You can set default display text for Null items and other error messages Change Error Message Display Settings Options To change error message display settings on a global level From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon
33. 192 193 194 Use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link While Offline 216 V VALUE Relative amp Value Functions 73 101 103 Value Property Expression Properties 73 76 79 VALUEX Relative amp Value Functions 73 101 103 VAR Statistical Functions 74 105 110 VARP Statistical Functions 74 105 110 View Chart Numeric Table Data Chart Builder 55 View Entitlements Options 200 View Templates Template Library 3 View the Properties of an Individual Link Linking 183 View Version and Support Information Options 209 WwW Watchlist Builder 124 154 189 225 WAVG Statistical Functions 74 105 111 Weighting Methods Aggregate Builder 44 46 WGMEAN Statistical Functions 74 105 111 WHAVG Statistical Functions e 74 105 112 Window Size Parameter 27 28 WMEDIAN Statistical Functions e 74 105 112 Work Offline or Disable Function Calls 216 226 227 Work with Data in Cache Mode 216 Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking 155 160 161 Work with Results Screen Builder e 141 151 WSTD Statistical Functions 74 105 109 112 WSTDP Statistical Functions e 74 105 113 WVAR Statistical Functions 74 105 114 WVARP Statistical Functions e 74 105 113 X XOR Logical Functions 74 94 Z Zero Available Availability Functions 74 75 Index 2011 Thomson Reuters All rights reserved Republication or redistribution of Thoms
34. 74 returns O if the function value appears in the list of values OR see OR Logical Functions on page 88 refers to both operators OUT_OF_RANGE see OUT_OF_RANGE General Functions on page 74 returns OH the value falls between the start and the end PERCENT_CHG see PERCENT_CHG Mathematical Functions on page 93 percent change POW see POW Mathematical Functions on page 93 raises fx to the power of a number RANGE see RANGE General Functions on page 74 returns 1 if the value falls between the start and the end RATE see RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 78 growth rate RATEC see RATEC Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 78 correlation coefficient RATED see RATED Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 standard error of the slope RATEE see RATEE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 estimate error RATEI see RATEI Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 intercept RATES see RATES Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 80 slope error RCORREL see RCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 81 correlation REGCORREL see REGCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 81 correlation REGINTERCEPT see REGINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 82 intercept REGRSQUARE see REGRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on pa
35. Add Key Statistics through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder on page 138 5 Reorder see Reorder Screen Criteria Screen Builder on page 143 edit see Edit Screen Criteria Screen Builder on page 143 or delete see Delete Screen Criteria Screen Builder on page 144 criteria 6 Click Show Results The system returns at most 8000 entities sorted alphabetically by entity name 7 Adjust the view of or export the results see Work with Results Screen Builder on page 145 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 136 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder 8 To export your screen click Export To customize the export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Screen Builder on page 146 Comparison Identifier VZ P Exchanges XNYS Close Price DA Instrument Type COM High Price 52 Wks 108 Industry Telecommunications Technology In ze Low Price 52 Wks ICB Subsectors All Country of Exchange AN Region All Market Cap MIL Total Return BPS Mean FY1 CPS Mean FY1 EPS Mean FY1 GICS Sectors GICS Subindustry Business Desc Extended 200a EBITDA Mean FY1 si EPS Long Term Growth Show Results THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 137 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder
36. Builder on page 57 5 Add the function at the location of the cursor in the Expression box see Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 55 to the end of an expression see Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 around an entire expression see Add a Function Around an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 or around the selected part of an expression see Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 Build an Expression by Typing in the Expression Box Expression Builder Typing expressions saves you the time of locating data items and functions and then adding them to the Expression box You can also save time typing expressions by turning on the Auto Complete option As you select or type expressions they appear in the Expression box When you select functions select parameters and add them to an expression When you select data items the syntax appears and updates in the Formula bar below the Data Items and Functions tabs You cannot change functions in the Formula bar You must change functions in the Expression box To build an expression by typing 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build an Expression 2 From the drop down select an entity type THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 59 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 3 Type search for see Look Up Identifiers on
37. Consolidated SEC e Parent Japan Period and Natural Period Parameter The Period Parameter provides you with a span of time over which a data element s metric is being measured can be real periods or derived periods A period is defined by an end date and a length of time For example period CYO ended on 12 31 of the previous calendar year and was a year in length However LTM last 12 months also a year in length ended on a company s most recent fiscal quarter end date Natural Period has the same functionality as the Period parameter except that it is limited to only fiscal periods Enumerations EE RER EE Relative Fiscal Year Relative Fiscal Quarter Relative Fiscal Year Quarter Relative Calendar Year Relative Calendar Quarter FY n 20 lt n lt 6 FQ n 200 lt n lt 9 q QFY n qin 1 2 3 4 and 20 lt n lt 6 cy n 20 lt n lt 6 CQ n 200 lt n lt 9 FYO FYI FY 1 FY 3 FQO FQ FQ5 FQ 6 I EVileZ RY lt 3 Cu CS CQ4 CQ 4 Relative fiscal year based on the last reported fiscal year FYO Alternatives FY as alias for FYO format Y n also supported Relative fiscal quarter based on the last reported fiscal quarter Alternatives FQ as alias for FQO format Q n also supported Relative fiscal quarter based on relative year Relative calendar year based on the last completed calendar year various methodologies Relative calendar quarter based on the last completed calend
38. EndNum indicate how many estimates to return per broker or analyst in chronological order for the period and date range specified For example O indicates the current estimate for each broker or analyst 1 or 1 represents the previous estimate 2 or 2 represents the estimate before that and so on If you only want the current estimate for all brokers or the specified broker then set StartNum O If you want both the current estimate and the prior estimate for these same brokers then you set StartNum 0 and EndNum 1 or EndNum 1 In this case Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns the estimates in chronological order by announce date For data arrays For data items with array in their display name StartNum is set to O by default but may be any integer from O to the maximum number of data points available for the date or date range By default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves only a single data point If more than one data point is available you can retrieve multiple points by setting the EndNum to an integer value of 1or less If the EndNum is significantly less than the smallest index available this will not affect your results The purpose of these THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 24 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup parameters for array items is to prevent Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link from overwriting important data when your worksheet refreshes For Owne
39. Export As dialog when you are exporting data to a spreadsheet End Date Parameter Together the edate end date sdate start date and freq frequency parameters return time series data Edate and sdate define a time period over which data is returned You can define each as either a relative or absolute date The freq parameter determines the frequency at which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns data EndNum Parameter The StartNum Start Number and EndNum End Number parameters are required of all data items that return a variable number of data points for a given date or date range This includes detail estimate data items and data items containing array in their display name For detail estimate data items For detail estimate data items StartNum and EndNum indicate how many estimates to return per broker or analyst in chronological order for the period and date range specified For example O indicates the current estimate for each broker or analyst 1 or 1 represents the previous estimate 2 or 2 represents the estimate before that and so on If you only want the current estimate for all brokers or the specified broker then set StartNum 0 If you want both the current estimate and the prior estimate for these same brokers then you set StartNum 0O and EndNum 1 or EndNum 1 In this case Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns the estimates in chronological order by announce date For
40. Export drop down and choose Export As In the Calculation Type drop down select a method of calculation In the Data Location drop down select a destination for your chart s numeric table In the Chart Location drop down select a destination for your chart In the Clean Up drop down select if you would like to overwrite previously exported data Select if you would like to keep these settings as defaults when exporting future charts To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data To export to Excel click OK O ES 3 0 EIN Export the chart in Chart Builder as Calculation Type ARENE Data Location New Worksheet w Chart Location Active Worksheet Clean up Yes for All w C Keep these settings when exporting data Always show these settings when exporting data Cancel THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 53 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Chapter 8 Expression Builder Expression Builder is a tool that lets you combine Thomson Reuters data items with analytical functions to create custom expressions For example you can create a statistical function by applying an analytical function to a time series data array or create a custom data item by combining multiple data items Build an Expression Starting with Data Items Expression Builder As you select or type expressions they appear in the
41. Expression Expression Builder on page 59 click ld 6 To export the expression to Excel click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 Build an Expression from a Saved Expression Expression Builder You can create an expression save it and then use it later to create a separate expression You can use a Saved expression to create a new expression but you cannot use an expression that includes another to create a third expression If you set a time series in an expression that you previously saved or edited those time series settings apply to the other data items that you add to create a new expression For example on Monday you create and save an expression with a data item but no start date end date or frequency On Tuesday you open the expression set a start date and frequency for it and add a mathematical operator and another data item to the expression The newly set start date and frequency applies to the new data item if that data item supports time series To build an expression from a saved expression 1 In Expression Builder click ES 2 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders open a folder and select an expression 3 Click OK a Select Set Time Series Options b Select a Start Date see Start Date Parameter on page 24 End Date see End Date Parameter on page 17 and Frequency see Frequency Parameter on
42. In these cases you must re create the links see Import and Export Content Linking on page 162 You can also refresh links from Manage Links see Refresh Links while Managing Content Linking on page 171 To refresh linked content on a slide or in a document 1 Select the affected content on the slide in the presentation or in the document 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Selected 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Refresh and click Refresh Selected A message appears when Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link has finished updating the links To refresh an entire slide in PowerPoint 1 Select the slide in the presentation 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Slide THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 169 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Refresh and click Refresh Slide A message appears when Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link has finished updating the links To refresh an entire page in Word 1 Select the page in the document 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Page 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reut
43. InsiderlndirectHoldings TF OP InsiderHoldingsTotal Reporting source of transaction Name of insider Relationship of insider to issuer such as CEO or director for Indirect D for Direct Number of shares in this transaction May be a negative number in case of disposition May also be null in the case of an opening balance Type of transaction the insider performed Exercise or transaction price Calculation of Price times the number of shares to give the value of the transaction Reporting source of transaction Shares that are held in the name of the insider Shares that are controlled by the insider yet are held by another entity such as a family member a trust a company plan or even a corporation to which the insider is affiliated In many cases the same block of indirect stock may be claimed by several insiders such as a group of trustees over the same trust or several partners in the same partnership Sum of the Direct and Indirect shares Reuters As Reported Fundamental Data Reports Report Builder Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Report Builder lets you create custom reports based on Reuters As Reported fundamental data This is your one stop platform for collecting company specific financials from individual reports so that you can conduct bottom up analysis and make auditing easier THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 131 OF 235 Chapter 11 Report Builder Yo
44. It controls whether the results combine multiple dividends regular and special paid on the same day into one combined number When the parameter is set to True Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link combines the multiple dividends When set to False Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link displays only the regular dividend Output Parameter The Output parameter applies different properties to the data THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 19 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup e Value Data item value e Date Report date of the data item or date the data was public e CalcDate Date for which you requested data For example you might request price for 12 31 but if that is a Saturday Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns the date of 12 30 e Status e Name Function code of the data item e Description Data item s description as shown in the Data Item Information dialog e Currency ISO currency of the data item e PeriodEndDate Fiscal period end date 12 31 for IBM s FYO data e Footnote Footnote text from Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link for forward looking estimates e SegDesc The name of the segment e SegOrder The order in which the company s filings reported the segment Owner Filter Parameter The Owner Filter parameter controls the criteria by which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link ranks the investors This parameter works in conjunction with the Sort Direction see Sort Direction
45. LTM It calculates a calendar period or LTM by adding the latest annual fiscal period to the sum of the interim periods to date for the next annual period less the sum of the interim periods to date for the prior year In other words Fiscal Interim stub Latest Fiscal Annual Last Year s Fiscal Interim stub e Interim Sum Blend methodology is for interim data For Last Twelve Months LTM and Calendar Year CY Interim Sum Blend method combines both actual and estimated data for future annual periods when available For NTM Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sums the next 12 months of interim estimates For example Dell Inc 2009 fiscal year ends on January 31 2010 after the period end date Until the last Interim period data is available you can calculate the LTM data value for Quarter reporters as Actual Sales FiO Actual Sales Fi 1 Actual Sales Fi 2 Estimated Sale Fil You can calculate LTM data value for Semi Annual Trimester reporters as Actual Sales FiO Actual Sales Fi 1 Estimated Sales Fil You can calculate the LTM data value for Semi Annual reporters as Actual Sales FiO Estimated Sales Fil Offset Parameter The Offset parameter allows you to choose which estimate to use in your calculation To request the latest estimate type offset O To request previous estimates set the value to 1 or any lower whole number 1 Day Sum Parameter The 1 Day Sum parameter applies to dividend related data items
46. OFQ sdate 0 edate 19 frq FQ TF FN NetIncome period OFQ sdate 0 edate 2 0 frq FQ Function Call Sample Formula REGRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression R Square function REGRSQUARE returns the R Square of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker R Square also called the coefficient of determination quantifies the proportion of variability of a specific data set that is accounted for by the statistical model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data item specified in the Formula parameter against the data item specified in the identifier Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the R SQUARE of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM TF IBM REGRSQUARE TF FN Sales period OFQ sdate 0 edate 19 frq FQ TF FN NetIncome period OFQ sdate 0 edate 20 frq FQ Function Call Sample Formula REGSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression Slope Standard Deviation function REG SLOPESTD returns the standard deviation of the slope of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker Slope Standard Deviation quantifies the precision of the estimated slope in a linear regression In this case the linear regress
47. Parameter on page 24 parameter which determines whether Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sorts the investors in ascending or descending order If you do not explicitly define the Owner Filter parameter the default value is Position Pos Available values for Owner Views include the following e Value change ValueChg e Value Value e Pos Chg PosChg e Pos Pos Owner Views Parameter The Owner Views parameter defines the investor type s included in the function result If you do not explicitly define this parameter the default value is all investor types Available investor types include the following e AU Shareholders AllShareholders e Firms Firms e Funds Funds e Firms amp Funds FirmFunds e Strategic Holders StrategicHolders Parent and Consolidated Parameter The ParCon parameter allows you to switch between parent data and consolidated data Consolidated is the default Parent data is usually valid for Japanese companies Enumerations Par Parent Data Only the parent company is included not subsidiaries Con Consolidated Data The consolidated entity data is included THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 20 OF 235 MN 212 Parent and Consolidated Type Parameter Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup The ParCon Type parameter allows you to switch between parent data and consolidated data for Toyo Keizai Estimates and Financials It has three selections e Consolidated Japan e
48. RATEE returns the standard error of the regression used to calculate least squares growth rate LnXt a btt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth rate r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard error of the regression used to calculate average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATEE TF FN EPS period FYO sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY RATEI Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Rate Intercept RATEI function returns the intercept of the regression of growth rate against time RATEI returns the intercept of the regression used to calculate least squares growth rate LnXt a btt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth rate r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 80 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The following function returns the intercept of the regression used to calculate average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATEI TF FN EPS period FYO sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY II THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 81 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expressi
49. SORT_ASCEND sorts the results of the specified data source in ascending order F x SORT_ASCEND fx source function or list SORT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions SORT_DESCEND sorts the results of the specified data source in descending order F x SORT_DESCEND fx source function or list SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions The SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND function determines the ascending order of fx2 and then puts fx1in that order F x SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND fx1 fx2 source function or list fx2 source function or list THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 98 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND determines the descending order of fx2 and then puts fx1 in that order F x SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND fx1 fx2 source function or list fx2 source function or list Statistical Functions Statistical functions return the value of a statistical computation on a range of values AVG see AVG Same as MEAN Statistical Functions on page 99 average of fx COUNT see COUNT Statistical Functions on page 99 non null values of count DOWN_SEQ see DOWN_SEQ Statistical Functions on page 99 down sequence EXPSMOOTH see EXPSMOOTH Statistical Functions on page 99 exponential smoothing GMEAN see GMEAN Statistical Functions on page 100 geometric mean HAVG see HAVG Statistical Functions on page 100
50. Shared Ranks 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Rankings My Workbench To search for and view rankings 1 Click the Ranks tab in My Workbench 2 To browse through the rankings in the Folders area browse through the folders click one and select a ranking 3 To search for a ranking type all or part of a ranking name in the box a Click LG b Click Search Ranks Search All or Search Selected Folder Delete Rankings My Workbench To delete rankings 1 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select a ranking 2 Click Delete The ranking goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more details see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 184 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench You can delete any file in the Shared or Personal folders that you have read write permissions to Files in the Recycle Bin are automatically deleted after 14 days To use the recycle bin 1 Click Recycle Bin on the bottom left side of the My Workbench window 2 To restore a file click the file and click Restore 3 To permanently delete a file click the file and click Delete 4 To permanently delete all files in the Recycle Bin click Empty Recycle Bin Export to Excel My Workbench You can export Templates Lists
51. TF FN Sales 2 SIN Mathematical Functions The SIN function returns the sine of an angle in radians Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 94 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder This expression returns the SINE of IBM s sale Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM SIN TF FN Sales SQRT Mathematical Functions The SQRT function returns the square root of a number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions This expression will return the square root of IBM s sale Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM SQRT TF FN Sales TAN Mathematical Functions The TAN function returns the tangent of an angle in radians Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions ou m This expression returns the Tangent of IBM s sale Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM TAN TF FN Sales Relative and Value Functions Relative and Value functions return the indicated values for the specified identifiers INDEX see INDEX Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 converts time series data to be based to an index base value INDEXTD see INDEXTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis REL see REL Relative amp Value Functions on page 9
52. Table Data Chart Buitder nnen n nennen 52 Customize Your Export ccccseccpccvseccacneaeneasencpceneg cavencetenvenctececunennensunencctcbecuecncabeacen cauanece Ee EE EE EE dE ER aE S eRdEN 52 GChapter 8 Expression Builder sisscacccissccactasecacencshenatanscnsesiendasetayesndetessennceuyecasesisydensesyvendstesseadstesveasstisndaasess 53 Build an Expression Starting with Data Items Expression Builder c cccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeseaeeeessaeeeseeeeeeseaees 53 Set Parameters for Data Items Expression Builder nnen 55 Build an Expression Starting with Analytical Functions Expression Builder ccccccececseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaeeeseeeeesseeeeeeaees 56 Build an Expression by Typing in the Expression Box Expression Builder ccccccceeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeeesseaeeeeeneeees 58 Save an Expression Expression Builder ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeesaeeesceaeeesceaeeeseeaeeseeeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseeeeesneaeesseneeeeees 59 Expression Area Expression Builder 0 ccccccceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeceaeeeseeaeeeeeaeeeseeaeesseaeeeeseeaeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeaee 62 Customize Your Export Expression Builder c cccccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeaeeescsaeeeseeaeeeseaeeeseceaeeeseaeeeeccaeeeseseeeeeesaeeeseneeeeee 63 Analytical FUNCtIONS TE 64 Mathematical el EE 112 Chapter9 Funded Por
53. a From the left box select a currency b click E gt c Click OK Click Show Results To view more information in a pop up select an exchange rate right click and click Get Information OMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 38 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 12 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 13 To export an exchange rate to a spreadsheet select the exchange rate and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 14 To look up a different foreign exchange rate click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type FX Rates Keyword Source Currency Starts with 1 usd P Base Date Z H Source Currency Includes e Lat Lll Seenen E Gi R Advanced Options Search Results Name a DS Mnemonic From Currency To Currency Start Date Us To Euro Wmr 598991 USD EUR 19571231 H Us To Euro 1M Fwd Wmr Y07450 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 1W Wmr Y07455 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 1Y Fwd Wmr Y07456 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 2M Fwd Wmr Y07451 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 2Y Fwd Wmr Y77546 USD EUR 20040329 Us To Euro 3M Fwd Wmr Y07452 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 5Y Fwd Wmr 77626 uep EUR 200903298 Us To Euro 6M Fwd Wmr Y07453 USD
54. be 60 trading days 6 Click OK Date Composition Absolute Data Offset Month Relative Calenderized De Calendar Quarter CO Day Calendar Year cY i ER Calendar Year Quarter acy Calendar Semi Annual cs Year Calendar Year Semi Annual SCY Fiscal Quarter FQ Fiscal Year FY Fiscal Year Quarter QFY Fiscal Semi Annual FS Fiscal Interim FI Fiscal Year Semi Annual SFY Adjustments rone r Trading Day D z anid THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 214 OF 235 Chapter 24 Keyboard Shortcuts Chapter 24 Keyboard Shortcuts Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link had keyboard shortcuts to offer you a faster workflow The Thomson Reuters menu in Excel 2003 includes underlines to show you the shortcuts To view the keyboard shortcuts on the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link ribbon in Excel 2007 press ALT You must select the Thomson Reuters menu Excel 2003 or tab Excel 2007 or 2010 before using these keyboard shortcuts Press all two letter codes simultaneously with the Alt key To use the keyboard shortcuts with the Excel 2003 menu or Excel 2007 ribbon e Dress Alt the underlined letter menu or ALT the key on the floating button ribbon to access the window or item associated with the word The shortcut keys are case sensitive Example To use the keyboard shortcuts to build a screen using the Thomson Reuters menu in Excel 2003 or ribbon in Excel 2
55. box See Analytical Functions on page 64 w 4 From the list of data items or functions that appears double click the item you want to include in your expression You can also continue typing until the items in the list more closely match what you are typing Save an Expression Expression Builder You can save any expression that you build and later reuse it use it to build another expression or use it as a data item see Browse by Category Data Item Lookup on page 7 When you create an expression you can set parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 on each data item in it When you create or edit an expression the only parameters you can set for the entire expression are time series parameters start date end date and frequency When you create an expression as a time series expression the start date end date and frequency apply to data items in the expression that support time series and for which you have not previously set a time series If you create and save an expression as a time series expression by setting its default start date end date and or frequency you can later access that expression through the Data Item tab change the start date end date and or frequency and export the expression with the new temporary time series parameters The saved expression retains the default start date end date and or frequency If you do not save an expression as a time series expression you cannot
56. build a report from screen results 1 Runascreen see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 In the Results area click Build a Report Select Dynamic or Static Click OK Continue to build a report see Report Builder on page 120 uk wn Change Criteria after Running a Screen Screen Builder The Results area clears the results while you make edits To change criteria after you have run a screen 1 Run a screen see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 2 Edit the criteria see Edit Screen Criteria Screen Builder on page 143 3 Click Show Results THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 146 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Change Currency of Values after Running a Screen Screen Builder Clicking BC does not affect the currency you have set for an individual data item To switch between viewing values in the your default currency and Screen Builder Currency 1 Runascreen see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 2 To view values in the currency set in the Options see Change Currency Settings Options on page 192 dialog click whe Click again to return to values in the currency set in the Currency drop down of Screen Builder Change Results Display Screen Builder To change the results display 1 Runascreen see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 2 From the View drop down in the Results area select Companies All Identifiers or Screen Criteria
57. data item 5 To set the parameters for the data item see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 6 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 7 Add the data item to the end of an expression see Add a Data Item to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 54 or at the location of the cursor in the Expression box see Add a Data Item at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 54 Add a Data Item to the End of an Expression Expression Builder To add a data item to the end of an expression 1 Choose the data item you want to add to the expression 2 Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression End of Expression Add a Data Item at the Cursor Expression Builder To add a data item to a desired part of the expression 1 Choose the data item you want to add to the expression 2 Place your cursor in the location within the Expression box that you want the data item to appear THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 55 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 3 Click the Add to Expression drop down and then click Add at cursor Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder To add a function to the end of an expression 1 Choose the function you want to add to the expression by browsing by category see Browse for Functions by Ca
58. dates and border 4 Select a title and heading font style bold italic underline and or font color 5 To insert blank rows and or columns equity report only select criteria from the appropriate drop downs and click Add 6 Click OK Customize Your Export Report Builder You can customize your export and set your defaults for future exports to Excel Export options differ by component THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 133 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder To customize your export Click the Export drop down and choose Export As Select Function Calls or Static Values from the Calculation Type drop down Select a clean up option Select whether you would like to keep these settings as defaults when exporting data To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data Click OK to export the table to Excel om RWN THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 134 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Chapter 12 Screen Builder Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Screen Builder helps you identify investment opportunities by finding entities that meet your specified criteria You can screen against data items and formulas save your screen and export your resulting identifier set as criteria or resulting values to Excel Criteria 2 New BF Open lz Save Al Sa
59. each stock Investment style for investor owner such as Aggressive Growth This is derived from the style of the constituent stocks which is in turn derived from the earnings of the companies Turnover is a measure of the churn in an owner s portfolio the buying and selling that take place over a period of time Thomson Reuters calculates investor turnover after analyzing its previous 12 quarters 36 months of portfolio holdings More detailed breakdown of Investor Type such as Pension Fund or Holding Company City in which investor is located Country in which investor is located THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 126 OF 235 Firms Owner Type Default Data Items TF OP InvestorName TF OP PctOwnership TF OP Position TF OP PositionChg TF OP PctPosChg TF OP PositionDate TF OP FilingType TF OP OwnerEquityAssets TF OP OwnerlInvestmentStyle TF OP OwnerTurnover2 TF OP OwnerlInvestorSubType TF OP InvestorCity TF OP InvestorCountry TF OP InvestorName TF OP InvestorParent Chapter 11 Report Builder Definition of Data Item Name of owner The percent of total shares outstanding that an investor holds of a company It is calculated by dividing the investor share position in a company by the adjusted shares outstanding of the company as of the latest filing date Number of shares held by investor Change in the number of shares held by an inves
60. for setting parameters depending on the parameters you choose Your options may include selecting parameters from a list selecting data items from a Data Item Lookup dialog box or manually typing parameters or data items into the Expression box To set a parameter by entering a parameter or data item in the Expression box you must know the correct formula for that parameter An asterisk denotes a required parameter To set a parameter 1 Inthe Functions tab locate a function by browsing by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or searching by keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 2 Inthe Function Parameters panel in the Values block click the drop down z beside the value you want to define 3 Click Select Parameter 4 Inthe Select Parameter Value box click one of the Available Values 5 Click OK Modify Parameters using Hyperlinks Expression Builder You can modify the parameters you assign to a function with the Hyperlink Variables option This option applies hyperlinks to parameters These hyperlinks enable you to click the parameters and modify them by adding data items and functions To modify parameters using hyperlinks 1 In the Expression box in the Options drop down click Hyperlink Variables 2 Click the parameter you want to modify 3 Click Add Data Item or Add Function ER In the Data Item Lookup box locate a data ite
61. for your investment choices You can select a universe to rank which can be a saved watchlist or portfolio an index a single symbol or symbol list or dynamic screen results You can rank the universe against itself or against a saved watchlist or portfolio an index a single symbol or symbol list or dynamic screen results If you rank a universe against itself you can rank from 1 to n where n is the number of securities in the universe You can then rank by up to 20 criteria Criteria are data items and expressions You can make three adjustments for the criteria e Sort the values to be ranked in ascending or descending order This means that the system sorts the values of the criteria in either ascending or descending order prior to ranking those values e Select a weight for each criterion A weight is a multiplier of weighting value on the rank Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link multiplies each rank by the weighting in order to give certain criteria more influence in the final ranking For example if you want a certain data item to have more weight in the ranking you might give it a weight of three so that it is three times as important as the other data items e Decide how to rank a criterion that comes back as null This parameter allows you to select how Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link handles nulls Several options either give that company a predetermined value or exclude the company It can affect the overall ranking because o
62. function code The String List parameter is a hardcoded comma separated list The following function returns a 1 1 True in evaluating if ticker BAC has a ICB Industry Code of 8000 or 9000 Function Call Sample Formula TF BAC IN TF ICBIndustryCode 8000 9000 NOT_IN General Functions The Not_In function NOT_IN checks if an evaluated data item is not contained within a list of values returning 1 if true not contained or O if false The Any String parameter accepts a data item function code The String List parameter is a hard coded comma separated list The following function returns a 1 1 True in evaluating if ticker VLO has a ICB Industry Code different from 8000 or 9000 Function Call Sample Formula TF VLO NOT_IN TF ICBIndustryCode 8000 9000 OUT_OF_RANGE General Functions The OUT_OF_RANGE function returns O if the fx value falls inclusively between least and greatest Otherwise it returns 1 F x OUT_ OF_RANGE fx least greatest source function or list least numeric the least possible value greatest numeric the greatest possible value RANGE General Functions The RANGE function returns 1 if the fx value falls inclusively between least and greatest Otherwise it returns O THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 75 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder F x RANGE fx least greatest source function or list least numeric the least possible valu
63. has locked the links click OK to confirm 9 Click Close Refresh Links while Managing Content Linking 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook in which you want to refresh links THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 172 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Manage Links In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 4 To refresh all the links click Select All 5 If you have multiple categories of links make a selection from the Group By drop down and or the Filter By drop down To refresh all the links of one category select the category with all the links that you want to refresh For example to refresh all the Table links select Table M Table Lock Group Refresh Group Page 2 Placeholder 5 eH Test Book5_pie chat des Sheet Linking Range 1 HHHH Refresh 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM pH Source 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM Target 5 25 2011 11 35 03 PM EI a uz K To refresh individual links select each link that you want to refresh 7 From the drop down at the top of the Managed Linked Content dialog select Refresh Selected and cl
64. icon ude 2 Click Defaults 3 From the Calendar Methodology drop down make a selection 4 Click OK Change Lookback Defaults Options Look Back allows you to define how far back you want Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link to look before returning a null value You can use it to fill in gaps of missing data with reliable information especially for smaller companies that do not trade on a daily basis For example if you specify daily price data as of 11 30 2008 and the security did not trade that day Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns data as of 11 29 2008 the previous day traded rather than reporting a null value If frequency is set to 1 or more the system limits its search to one or more periods prior to the one you are requesting If the data value is still null then the system returns a null value To change global level Lookback default values 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon g e 2 Choose the Defaults category 3 Inthe Lookback area use the arrows to change the settings 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 187 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options Information Logs Options You can decide how much detail to provide in information logs standard information or all information Additionally you can open the folder of logs or mail them from the Options dialog Change Logging Detai
65. in your screen To select multiple industries or sectors hold the CTRL key while clicking the industries or sectors Click mj 5 6 To exclude the your selections select Exclude these ICB GICS Sector Industry 7 Click OK 8 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 9 Click OK Add an Exchange to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you can filter by an exchange on which the trading instrument is listed To add an exchange to a screen 1 In Screen Builder click u z i He I el 2 Click RE me Point to Add Basic Descriptive Items and click Exchanges 4 From the left box select an exchange you would like to include or exclude in your screen To select multiple primary exchanges hold the CTRL key while clicking exchanges 5 Click E22 6 To exclude the your selections select Exclude these Exchanges THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 140 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder 7 Click OK To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 9 Click OK Add an Instrument Type to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you can include an instrument type To add an instrument type to a screen
66. include a description for your screen type it in the Description box To select a security setting click Security Level drop down oR WN gt Select a location for your screen or click New Folder type a new folder name select a folder location and click OK 6 Click OK Open a Screen Screen Builder You can open a screen that you a colleague or Thomson Reuters has previously created and saved To open a screen 1 Inthe Criteria area click Open Click in the Search box and type all or part of a screen name In Name column click a screen to view its information in the right panel Click OK Edit the criteria see Edit Screen Criteria Screen Builder on page 143 or click Show Results Uo WN Run a Screen Screen Builder To run a screen 1 Build see Build a Screen Screen Builder on page 134 or open see Open a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 ascreen 2 Click Show Results The system returns at most 8000 entities sorted alphabetically by entity name 3 To display the results differently or export them see Work with Results see Work with Results Screen Builder on page 145 4 To export your screen to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Screen Builder on page 146 5 To reset all options click D New THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 145 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Delet
67. is incorrect a box appears with a message describing the source of the error and instructing you to check the syntax To find and replace text type the text you want to replace in the Find what box type replacement text in the Replace With box and click Replace Evaluate an expression to preview the data that will appear in the Excel spreadsheet when you export your expression Click pue type an identifier in the Enter Identifier box and click Evaluate PAGE 63 OF 235 Auto Complete an expression Add hyperlinks to functions Operator Buttons E Auto Complete Hyperlink Variables o Auto Complete Hyperlink Variables Chapter 8 Expression Builder The Auto Complete option anticipates the data item or function you want based on the text you are typing in the Expression box As you type the Auto Complete option opens a dialog containing a list of functions or data items that closely match the text you are typing From this dialog you can select the data item or function you are typing rather than continuing to type The more characters you type the more closely the functions listed in the Auto Complete box will match the characters you are typing You can modify the parameters you assign to a function with the Hyperlink Variables option This option applies hyperlinks to parameters These hyperlinks enable you to click the parameters and modify them by adding data items and functions See Modify Para
68. item from either the Data Item Lookup or Expression Builder the third panel displays relevant parameters for the selected item If these parameters are available the data item returns time series data To learn about defining start and end dates and frequencies see Date Syntax on page 207 and Learn Frequencies see Learn Frequencies Date Syntax on page 210 Apply an Identifier to a Data Item You must apply an identifier such as a ticker to a data item before exporting the data item to your spreadsheet You can apply the identifier by typing searching or referencing a cell with the identifier in it Type Identifiers Manually Before Exporting Data Item Lookup To type identifiers manually before exporting a data item 1 In the Identifier s box of the Identifiers section type a ticker 2 To type multiple identifiers separate each with a space for example ibm goog msft Search for Identifiers Before Exporting Data Item Lookup To search for identifiers before exporting a data item 1 Inthe Identifiers section click the Search button Al 2 From the drop down choose Select an identifier see Look up a Company Identifier Lookup on page 13 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 12 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Look up a Company Identifier Lookup In Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link you can search for a company by a number of keywords depending on your entitlements e partial or fu
69. letter in the text string TF CompanyName to lower case In this case it returns tf companyname Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM LOWERCASE TF CompanyName The following function converts all the letters in the outcome from the function TF CompanyName to lower case In this case it returns international business machs Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM LOWERCASE TF CompanyName RIGHT String Functions The RIGHT function returns right most specified characters THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 111 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder F x RIGHT text number text string source string number integer the number of characters to return STRINGLENGTH String Functions The STRINGLENGTH function returns the length of a string The Any String parameter accepts any text string SUBSTRING String Functions The SUBSTRING function returns a portion of text beginning with start and ending with end inclusively The Any String parameter accepts any text string THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 112 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder UPPERCASE String Functions The Uppercase function UPPERCASE coverts all the letters in a text string to uppper case The Any String parameter accepts any text string The following function coverts all the letter in the text string TF CompanyName to upper case In this case it returns TF COM
70. message Resources N A Offline mode Host error message Offline Retrieving data Host error message Cox THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 197 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options Export Options to Excel Options You can export all of your option settings to Excel in code format For example if your Data Output option setting is English US Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link exports the code dataResultsLanguage en To export your options to Excel 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Click Export 3 Click acell on the spreadsheet 4 From the left box of the Options dialog Preference Details area select an option you would like to export as code To select multiple options hold the CTRL key while clicking options Click L ss l 5 6 Click Export Connection e2 Export Spreadsheet Link options Defaults Identifiers Preference Details Brokers available Options 17 Selected Options 0 Updates Brokers Entitlements Currency Default ID Type Regional Error Null Replace Text b Error Null Replace Value Z SS Display Exchange Calendar Export Fiscal Calendar SE Input Date Resources Language Lookback Daily Lookback Monthly Lookback Quarterly _Lookback Yearly z Cx Apply View Version and Support Information Options To view version information and customer support numbers 1
71. name Manage Data Sample Input File Format REQUIRED COLUMNS Symbol Value Date OPTIONAL COLUMNS Asset Class Company Symbol Type Required Columns Optional Columns Value Date Company 281 12 7 2008 Microsoft Corp 1 2 12 15 2007 433 12 15 2007 Ford Mtr Deb 7 450 131 11 6 2005 Private Equity 200 12 7 2005 SONY Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager With custom data items you can create data items not covered by Thomson Reuters and use your own values for the items that you create To create a data item 1 On the Thomson Reuters tab in the Build group click Proprietary Data 2 In Proprietary Data Manager click Import Data in the left navigation pane and click New 3 Inthe Create New Proprietary Data Item dialog type a display name and a code see Illegal Characters Proprietary Data Manager on page 157 for your data item 4 From the drop down select a type of data see Data Types Proprietary Data Manager on page 157 5 If you are creating a data item with a numeric value select whether you want the value to do nothing multiply or divide if the stock splits You can also select None If you select Multiply or Divide you can set the Adjustment see Adjustment Parameter on page 15 parameter see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 in Data Item Lookup on page 7 If you select None the Adjustment parameter does not appear in Data Item Lookup for your
72. of a stock s price return based on a sample THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 103 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula STD TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 40 frq D STDP Statistical Functions The STDP function returns the standard deviation or variability of data on a population as opposed to a sample See STD see STD Statistical Functions on page 102 F x STDP fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the standard deviation of a stock s price return based on the entire population TE IBM Function Call Sample Formula STDP TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 40 frq D SUM Statistical Functions The SUM function adds the values in the function and returns the total F x SUM fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate a full year s EPS from the individual quarter s EPS figures TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula SUM TF ES EPS Mean period OFQ rollPeriods 1 sdate 3 edate O0 frq Q UP_SEQ Statistical Functions The UP_SEQ function returns a number of values that are greater than their previous values F x UP_SEQ fx THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 104 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder source function or list VAR Statistical Functions The VAR function returns the variance of the array of values
73. of symbols for example DELL GOOG CSCO F x RELX symbol_fx fx symbol symbol the symbol the function value relates to fx function function VALUE Relative amp Value Functions The VALUE function returns the value of fx run for the symbol This function returns a value for a specific symbol for a function f x This is useful for comparisons to other symbols Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 97 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder VALUEX Relative amp Value Functions The VALUEX function returns the value of fx run for the symbol returned from symbol fx symbol fx must be a symbol returning function This function returns the value for a list of symbols for a function f x Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions Sorting Functions Sorting functions return sorted arrays of data SORT_ASCEND see SORT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort ascending SORT_DESCEND see SORT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort descending SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND see SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort based on order of first function ascending SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND see SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 98 sort based on order of first function descending SORT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions
74. or list You can use this function to calculate volume weighted harmonic average price over a span of any number of days TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula WHAVG TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 20 frq D T F PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 20 frq D WMEDIAN Statistical Functions The WMEDIAN function returns the weighted median of the function F x WMEDIAN weight_fx fx weight_fx weighting source function or list fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate volume weighted median price over a span of any number of days TF IBM WMEDIAN TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 50 frq D TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 50 frq D cleanup 1 datadir down Function Call Sample Formula WSTD Statistical Functions The WSTD function returns the weighted standard deviation of the the function THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 107 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder F x WSTD weight_ fx fx weight_fx weighting source function or list fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the weighted standard deviation of a stock s price return based on a sample TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula WSTD TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 20 frq D TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 20 frq D WVARP Statistical Functions The WVARP function returns a weighted variance of population F x WVARP WEIGHT fx fx weight_f
75. page 122 or reference a cell see Reference a Cell Report Builder on page 121 with an identifier 4 Inthe Expression box type an expression 5 To check the syntax of an expression see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 To evaluate the expression see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 7 To export the expression to Excel click Export To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 8 To clear the Expression box to create a new expression click New Build an Expression Using the Auto Complete Option Expression Builder The Auto Complete option anticipates the data item or function you want based on the text you are typing in the Expression box As you type the Auto Complete option opens a dialog containing a list of functions or data items that closely match the text you are typing From this dialog you can select the data item or function you are typing rather than continuing to type The more characters you type the more closely the functions listed in the Auto Complete box will match the characters you are typing To build an expression using the Auto Complete option 1 In the Expression see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 area of Expression Builder click the Options drop down 2 Click Use Auto Complete Begin typing a data item or function in the Expression
76. period select a month year and date THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 213 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 23 Date Syntax b To set a calendarized time period select Absolute and select a time period and its related values from the appropriate drop downs 3 For relative dates select Relative a To select an offset and frequency for the data offset make selections from the Offset and Frequency drop downs b To select relative dates with adjustments click Advanced when building a date only not a period select Relative and select a time period and its related selections from the drop downs Offsets allow you to select historical parameters where the current date is zero For example a trading day with a 2 offset is two days ago 4 For relative periods select Relative a Toselect an offset and frequency for the data offset make selections from the Offset and Frequency drop downs b To select relative periods with adjustments select Relative and select a time period and its related selections from the drop downs Offsets allow you to select historical parameters where the current date is zero For example a trading day with a 2 offset is two days ago 5 To add a frequency adjustment select an adjustment and frequency from the appropriate drop downs Adjustments are additional to offsets For example if your offset is 30 trading days and your adjustment is 30 trading days your results will
77. proprietary data item Click Done 7 To import values see Import Values for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager on page 159 for the new data item click Browse in the Proprietary Data Manager dialog 8 Toclose the Proprietary Data Manager click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 157 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager Data Types Proprietary Data Manager Cash Rate Number Classification Text Money Number Number Number Price Number Text Text Use for ratios and percentages related to currency or other cash rates Use for customizing or extending sectors or any other text values Use for dollar amounts like valuation Use for ratios percentages Use for any price values You can include a mix of letters and numbers Illegal Characters Proprietary Data Manager You cannot use these characters in the name or code of a proprietary data item aces ER quotation marks asterisk percent grave accent tilde opening square bracket closing square bracket THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 158 OF 235 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager EE opening curly bracket closing curly bracket t plus sign comma colon 9 semi colon pipe z less than sign gt greater than sign exclamation point number sign at sign a caret hyphen 2 question mark i apostrophe equal sign amp a
78. results make a new selection from the Identifier Type drop down in the Results area Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking You can customize your export and defaults for future exports to Excel To customize export settings 1 After building see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 and generating see Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 152 a multi factor ranking click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 Toinclude a title that appears at the top of the exported data type a title in the Title field of the Results area 3 Click the Export drop down arrow and choose Export As 4 To export identifiers other than those in the ranking universe click A and search for a new identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 and click OK 5 Make selections from the Calculation Type and Headers drop downs To make the headings in the exported content bold select Format Headings 7 To include the breakpoint report in the exported content select Breakpoint Report see Breakpoint Reports Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 8 To include the error log in the exported content select Error Log see Error Logs Multi Factor Ranking on page 155 9 Select if you would like to keep these settings as defaults when exporting data 10 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data Tl Click OK to export to Excel Bre
79. s Funded Portfolio Builder and Watchlist Builder to create edit and import custom funded portfolios or watchlists You can also look up companies to add to your portfolio or list and update ticker symbols and other company identifiers 1 New BF Open gj Save il Save As C Import X Delete Help Company Name ID Submitted Thomson Ticker THOMSON REUTERS CORP TRI TRI N INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACKS IBM IBM N MICROSOFT CORP MSFT MSFT O INTEL CORP INTC INTC O COCA COLA CO KO KO N MCDONALDS CORP MCD MCD N CATERPILLAR INC DEL CAT CAT N AAMAZONCOMINC 2 ti sCAMZN AMZN Click to Add Identifiers and Shares 8 Identifiers 1 Selected Create a Watchlist To create a watchlist 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Watchlist 2 Click Click to Add Identifiers and Shares 3 Type an identifier for example IBM or MSFT and press ENTER or look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder on page 116 To re sort click a column header to sort by that column Click again to reverse the order To add or delete a row right click the row and click New Row or Delete To save the watchlist click lal and see Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist on page 117 Click Close NOW SA Import a Watchlist To import a watchlist 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Watchlist 2 Click Import 3 Toimport from a w
80. see Adjustment Parameter on page 15 Split Type see Split Type Parameter on page 24 Broker Detail Parameters Brokers see Brokers Parameter on page 15 Offset see Offset Parameter on page 19 Ownership Filters Parameters Owner Filter see Owner Filter Parameter on page 20 Owner Views see Owner Views Parameter on page 20 Sort Date see Sort Date Parameter on page 23 Sort Direction see Sort Direction Parameter on page 24 Factors Parameters Factor Type see Factor Type Parameter on page 17 Content Filter Parameters Include Show Excluded Estimates see Include Excluded Estimates Parameter on page 18 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup PAGE 27 OF 235 Include Show Stopped Estimates see Include Stopped Estimates Parameter on page 18 Use Excluded Estimates see Use Excluded Estimates Parameter on page 25 Use Stopped Estimates see Use Stopped Estimates Parameter on page 25 Parent Consolidated Parameters Parcon see Parent and Consolidated Parameter on page 20 Type see Parent and Consolidated Type Parameter on page 21 Properties Output see Output Parameter on page 19 TK Source Type see TK Source Type Parameter on page 25 Settings Calendar see Calendar Parameter on page 16 Currency on page 16 Lag see Lag Parameter on page 18 Metho
81. see Browse by Category Data Item Lookup on page 7 or name see Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup on page 8 click the Description tab in the right panel 2 To get further information right click the data item in the Item area middle panel 3 From the pop up menu click Get Information 4 Inthe Data Item Information dialog if necessary scroll down in the Overview area to view all the information 5 When finished click Close Data Item Company Country Name Category Overview Overview Description This is the name of the country where a Company entity is a registered operates amp is derived via the concordance of E multiple publishers The hierarchical ranking of contributing publishers is 1 EEDB 2 Graham amp Whiteside 3 Worldscope 4 Disclosure g 5 Gale 6 Nelson 7 GSM Fixed Income Content Set TMT Calendar E Frequency Scalar Scale None Code CompanyCountryName Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup To search for a data item by name 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Data Items 2 From the drop down select an entity type THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 8 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup 3 Specify one or more identifiers by searching for them see Search for Identifiers Before Exporting Data Item Lookup on page 12 typing them manually see Type Identifiers Manually Before Exporting Data Item Looku
82. see STRINGLENGTH String Functions on page 111 returns the length of the string SUBSTRING see SUBSTRING String Functions on page 111 returns part of the string SUM see SUM Statistical Functions on page 103 sum TAN see TAN Mathematical Functions on page 94 tangent of an angle TEXT AVAILABLE see Text Available Availability Functions on page 69 replaces NULL string with provided string UP_SEQ see UP_SEQ Statistical Functions on page 103 up sequence UPPERCASE see UPPERCASE String Functions on page 111 converts all letters to uppercase VALUE see VALUE Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 returns the function value run for the symbol VALUE PROPERTY see Value Property Expression Properties on page 73 value of the expression VALUEX see VALUEX Relative amp Value Functions on page 97 returns the function value run for the symbol returned from symbol_fx VAR see VAR Statistical Functions on page 104 variance VARP see VARP Statistical Functions on page 104 population variance WAVG see WAVG Statistical Functions on page 104 weighted average WGMEAN see WGMEAN Statistical Functions on page 105 weighted geometric mean WHAVG see WHAVG Statistical Functions on page 105 weighted harmonic average WMEDIAN see WMEDIAN Statistical Functions on page 106 weighted median WSTD see WSTD Statistical Functions on page 106 weighted sta
83. select a currency from the Currency drop down Select a table layout in the Format section Depending on your Time criteria and the number of tickers the available format selections will change 9 Toadd more formatting click Options For more information on formatting see Use Format Options see Adjust and Apply Formats Report Builder on page 132 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 121 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder 10 To export a report to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export options see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Report Builder on page 132 Entity Type Company x Identifier s TRH pe Custom Ownership new Help Time Frame Time Single period Stat 0 E Frequency Trading Day 0 Time series ends f2 g Data Items a Oh Add XK Delete Move Up 3 Move Down Currency United States dollar di Data Items Expression EI TFPR TotalRetumRawQ E m rl 1 Data Items 1 Selected 1 Checked To create a list of known identifiers e Inthe Identifier s box type identifiers separated by a space To look up identifiers e Click eE and then Select an Identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 To reference a cell e Click e and click Reference a Cell see Reference a Cell Report Builder on page 121 To use a saved list e Click P Lx and c
84. the Excel worksheet with the table that you want to import into PowerPoint 2 Open the PowerPoint presentation and slide to which you want to import the Excel table 3 To import to PowerPoint 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Import and click Import 4 To import to PowerPoint 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import 5 In PowerPoint in the Import Excel Object dialog select the spreadsheet from the Select a file drop down If it is not in the drop down click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the file click Open and then select it from the drop down Click the down arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 7 Click the arrow next to Select Objects and select Tables If you have updated added or removed content in the table in Excel click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected workbook 9 Click the thumbnail of the table that you want to import 10 If you checked Create Link see Link Options Linking on page 167 select the format that you want for the object when it is in PowerPoint Tl Click Import 12 In PowerPoint view size and position the results Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking If you want to import an object from an Excel worksheet you can perform a quick import of a that object
85. the Quick List see Add Commonly Used Items to Screening Criteria on page 137 Ee ened Type of instrument For example common stock currency rate futures etc e Industry Classification Benchmark ICB industry sector super or sub sector e Global Industry Classification Standard GICS Sector Industry Industry Groups Subindustry Industry Geographical region Country of exchange Exchange THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 139 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Co You can open a saved screen modify it and screen on aved screen SEH SE the newly chosen criteria Data item You can screen on any data item available to you in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Custom expression You can use a custom formula that you have saved Add Industry or Sector to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you add the Industry Classification Benchmark ICB industry sector super or sub sector You can also filter by Global Industry Classification Standard GICS Sector Industry Industry Groups or Subindustry To add an ICB or CIGS industry or sector to a screen 1 In Screen Builder click Add Oe el 2 Click RE 3 Point to Add Basic Descriptive Items then point to Industries and click a category of ICB or GICS industry or sector 4 From the left box select an industry or sector that you would like to include or exclude
86. the entire expression are time series parameters start date end date and frequency When you create an expression as a time series expression the start date end date and frequency apply to data items in the expression that support time series and for which you have not previously set a time series If you create and save an expression as a time series expression by setting its default start date end date and or frequency you can later access that expression through the Data Item tab change the start date end date and or frequency and export the expression with the new temporary time series parameters The saved expression retains the default start date end date and or frequency To edit a saved expression 1 In Expression Builder click ES 2 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders open a folder and select an expression 3 Click OK 4 To change the time series defaults click Parameters a View the currently set start date end date and frequency in the Expression Parameters box Click EJ b c Select Set Time Series Options d Select a Start Date see Start Date Parameter on page 24 End Date see End Date Parameter on page 17 and Frequency see Frequency Parameter on page 18 For more information see Date and Period Builder on page 212 e Click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 61 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 5 To save the expression see Save an
87. the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula INTERCEPT TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq D DW RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Growth Rate RATE function returns the percentage rate at which the economy stocks or earnings are growing over a period of time Individual companies try to establish a rate at which their earnings grow over time Firms with long term earnings growth of more than 15 are considered fast growing companies RATE returns the average growth rate estimated as a least squares growth rate Least squares growth rate is measured based on the following regression equation LnXt a btt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth rate r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATE TF FN EPS period FYO sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY D RATEC Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Growth Rate Correlation Coefficient function RATEC function returns the correlation coefficient of the growth rate with respect to time RATEC returns the correlation coefficient of the regression used to calculate least squares growth rate LnXt a btt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth ra
88. variance WVARP see WVARP Statistical Functions on page 107 weighted variance of the population THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 99 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder AVG Same as MEAN Statistical Functions The AVG function returns the average or arithmetic mean of the values in the function The Number List parameter accepts any array function The following function returns the average Closing Price over the last 50 days for the ticker IBM TF IBM Function Call sample Formula AVG TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 49 frq D COUNT Statistical Functions The COUNT function counts the number of non null values in the function The following function counts the number of years of annual revenue data available for IBM within the past 20 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula COUNT TF FN Sales period FYO sdate 0 edate 19 frq FY DOWN_SEQ Statistical Functions The Down Sequence function DOWN_SEQ returns a 1 if the value is less than its previous value Otherwise it returns a 0 The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns a series of 20 values that populate as either 1 or O depending on whether the price close is less than its previous value or not TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula DOWN_SEQ TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 19 frq D WI EXPSMOOTH Statistical Functions The Exponential Smooth EXP
89. word wrap e font e font style e size e background color If you disable Click Thru and format cells that contain data with Click Thru functionality in any of the following ways the formatting reverts to the pre formatted style if you enable Click Thru e shrink to fit e merge cells e text direction e orientation e effects e fill effects e pattern color e pattern style e protection If you disable Click Thru and change the font color of data with Click Thru functionality Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link reverts the data to the default color of Click Thru text if you enable Click Thru If you disable Click Thru functionality once again Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link reverts to your customized font color If you disable Click Thru and add an underline to cells that contain data with Click Thru functionality Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link reverts the data to the Click Thru underline style if you enable Click Thru If you disable Click Thru functionality once again Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link reverts to your customized underline style THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 202 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 19 Enable or Disable Real Time Data Chapter 19 Enable or Disable Real Time Data You can enable and disable the streaming of real time data from Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link into your spreadsheet for any real time TFRT formulas To enable or disable real time data e On the Thomson Reuters S
90. you apply the Lag parameter with 3 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link returns the fourth fifth and sixth prior quarters of cost of goods sold Methodology Parameter The calendar methodology is a method of putting companies with different fiscal year ends on a similar basis THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 18 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup e _InterimSum sums the last four quarters or two semiannuals e WeightedAnnual methodology takes the annual periods and provides monthly weights to each annual period For example if you were looking for CY2008 data using weighted annual methodolgy for a company that has a December fiscal year end its CY2008 value is the same as its FY2008 value If you were looking for CY2008 data using weighted annual methodolgy for a company that has a June fiscal year end the calendarized value would comprise half of FY2008 and half of FY2009 e WeightedAnnualBlend methodology exists for only IBES data but not IBES Detail This uses the exact same logic as the weighted annual but it mixes both actuals and estimates If you were seeking CY2010 data Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link would be unable to calculate it currently because 2010 has not yet ended Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link could however take the FYO Actual Value and the FY1 Mean to create a reasonable proxy for the CY2010 value e Cumulative Interim Sum methodology is for a calendar period or Last Twelve Months
91. your calendar to Cross vendor Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link uses a single calendar across all vendors according to specific ticker For example if ticker ABC has I B E S coverage Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link uses the I B E S calendar If ticker ABC does not have I B E S coverage Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link uses the Worldscope calendar and so on down the hierarchy Choosing a Fiscal Calendar Choosing a Fiscal Calendar depends on the task you want to perform e Vendor Specific If you are focused on a single content set across tickers and do not need to normalize calendars choose Vendor Specific e Cross vendor If you need to normalize calendars for multiple vendors and the same ticker but you do not want to do the work manually choose Cross vendor In some cases you may need to redesign your work to achieve your desired results For example you may want to normalize everything across vendors based on the last reported period according to Reuters Fundamentals In this case the type of Fiscal Calendar does not matter You should design the spreadsheet to use the last reported period from Reuters Fundamentals and then reference this as an absolute period in the subsequent queries You should not assume that the calendar rolls based on Reuters Fundamentals using Cross vendor THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 194 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options To change the fiscal calendar setting on a global level
92. 007 1 In Excel 2003 press Alt m to open the Thomson Reuters menu In Excel 2007 press Alt s to view the keyboard shortcuts on the Thomson Reuters tab 2 Press Alt bs to open Screen Builder Identifier Lookup on Look Up i page 29 Constituent Lookup on Look Up ES page 5 Data Item Lookup on Look Up d page 7 Watchlist Builder on Build ae page 118 Funded Portfolio Builder Build bf on page 115 Report Builder on page 120 Build br Chart Builder on page Build bc 46 Expression Builder on Build pe page 53 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 215 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 24 Keyboard Shortcuts Aggregate Builder on Build ba page 41 Screen Builder on page 134 Build bs Multi Factor Ranking on Build bm page 147 Proprietary Data see Proprietary Data Build bp Manager on page 156 Templates see Manage t Template Library on page 3 My Workbench on page 179 Manage m Auto Calculation see Configure ca Calculation Mode on page 204 Stream Data see Work Offline or Disable Ee a Function Calls on page g 205 Click Thru Audit see Configure u Click Thru on page 199 Refresh Data see Refresh Cells on page Configure r 203 Convert Excel Configure D Options on page 185 Configure o About Learn a Help Learn h Diagnostics Learn g THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 216 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 24 Keyboard Shortcuts Online Offli
93. 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Constituents 2 From the Search drop down select a search type 3 From the Keyword drop down select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly 4 Type all or part of a name in the textbox Click A Select a result from the Search Results box The Constituents section populates based on the result item nau 7 To sort results by a category other than name click the appropriate column head To reverse the order click the column head again 8 To add columns right click the column heading select Add Columns add columns and click OK 9 To move column headings up or down click the heading topic in the Add Columns window and click either Move Up or Move Down Click OK 10 To view or hide index details or identifiers constituent information on the right hand side click the corresponding Al or el Tl To change the date as of which the results are valid type over the date in the As Of box or click is and select a date 12 To export the results to a spreadsheet click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Constituent Lookup on page 6 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 5 OF 235 MN 212 13 To start a new search click New Search Chapter 3 Constituent Lookup Search Criteria Search Equity Indices e Keyword Starts with dow jones P Search Results C
94. 1 4 071 Income from continuing operations 13 425 12 334 10 418 Tiiccantinned anamtionc eee aN Enable or Disable Click Thru Income Statement Industrials To enable or disable Click Thru e From the Thomson Reuters menu click Click Thru Audit If the icon in the menu Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar or ribbon is highlighted in orange EI Click Thru Audit is activated Access Click Thru Click Thru enabled cells include a hyperlink You can access information only for Worldscope or Reuters Financial data for which you have entitlements Some items regardless of your entitlements do not have Click Thru capability THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 200 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 18 Click Thru To access Click Thru functionality 1 Click the hyperlink in a Click Thru enabled cell in your spreadsheet 2 To seethe line item in the original document click the double arrow next to the item Edit a Number Click Thru Audit You can edit a number in a filing within the viewer change the color of the edited number and put the edited number into any cell in your spreadsheet You can also create comments to indicate which changes you have made to the numbers To edit a number in a Click Thru Audit filing 1 After clicking a hyperlinked value in your spreadsheet click Edit this number in the Click Thru Viewer 2 Typea value in the field to the left of Edit this number 3 To change the color of edited
95. 131 Owner Views Parameter 21 29 Ownership Reports Report Builder 129 P Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List 10 16 60 205 Parameter Definitions Categorized List 27 Parent and Consolidated Parameter 21 29 Parent and Consolidated Type Parameter 22 29 PERCENT_CHG Mathematical Functions 71 95 99 Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking 171 173 175 177 Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking 171 173 175 177 Period and Natural Period Parameter 22 27 POW Mathematical Functions 71 95 99 Prev Window Parameter 23 28 Print a Source Document Click Thru Audit 211 Proprietary Data Manager 164 226 R RANGE General Functions 71 80 81 Index RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 84 RATEC Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 85 RATED Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 85 RATEE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 86 RATEI Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 86 RATES Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 87 RCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 82 87 Redirect Links Linking 182 Reference a Cell Aggregate Builder 47 Reference a Cell Report Builder 57 64 127 130 147 Reference Identifiers by Cell Before Exporting Data Item Lookup 7
96. 212 PAGE 115 OF 235 Chapter 9 Funded Portfolio Builder Chapter 9 Funded Portfolio Builder You can use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link s Funded Portfolio Builder and Watchlist Builder to create edit and import custom funded portfolios or watchlists You can also look up companies to add to your portfolio or list and update ticker symbols and other company identifiers GG el Il sae be 3 add CH import XK Delete Base Currency Japan yen Holding Statements Company Name ID Submitted Shares Price Market Value Weight 4 by 2010 TOYOTA MOTOR CORP 7203 TO 200 3085 00 617000 0 745587 4 By Aug 2010 NIPPON STEELCORP 5401 TO 10 292 00 2920 0 0035285 T amomo DAICELCHEMINDS 4202 TO 35 541 00 18935 0 0228812 Lo 8 20 2010 ee TATEMONO CO 8804 TO 30 309 00 9270 0 0112019 8 23 2010 IWATSU ELECTRICCO 6704 TO 5 69 00 345 0 0004169 Lo 8 24 2010 SEKISUI CHEMICAL 4204 TO 30 542 00 16260 0 0196487 CENTRAL SPORTS 4801 TO 50 878 00 43900 0 0530491 KURARAY CO 3405 TO 100 1037 00 103700 0 1253119 POPLAR CO LTD 7601 TO 25 517 00 12925 0 0156186 SHOWA HOLDINGSCO 5103 TO 5 20 00 100 0 0001208 NIKKO CO LTD 6306 TO 10 218 00 2180 0 0026343 Click to Add Identifiers and Shares 8 20 2010 Identifiers 11 Total Market Value 827535 Base Currency Japan yen Create a Funded Portfolio To create a portfolio 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Funded Portfolio Click
97. 23 154 189 225 G General Functions e 80 Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 160 161 162 Generate a Report on Links Linking 180 GMEAN Statistical Functions 71 104 106 H HAVG Statistical Functions e 71 104 106 Highlight All the Links in a Presentation or Document Linking 182 Identifier Lookup 31 50 51 53 54 144 225 IF Logical Functions 71 94 Illegal Characters Proprietary Data Manager 164 165 Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel Linking 171 173 Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel Linking 171 173 175 Import a Funded Portfolio 123 Import a List 45 127 128 154 155 160 Import a Saved Screen 45 127 128 154 156 160 Import a Table into PowerPoint from Excel Linking 172 Import a Table into Word from Excel Linking 174 Import a Watchlist 123 124 Import and Export Content Linking 171 178 Import into PowerPoint from Excel Linking 171 Import into Word from Excel Linking 173 175 Import or Export Linking Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 187 Import Values for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager e 165 167 IN General Functions 71 80 Include Excluded Estimates Parameter 19 24 29 Include Stopped Estimates Parameter 19 25 29 INDEX Relative amp Value Functions e 48 71 100 101 INDEXTD Relative amp Value Funct
98. 3 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Connection Defaults Identifiers Region specific Settings goe Country United States of America 7J Updates Input Date mm dd yyyy e Entitlements Output Date midiyyyy D REN Currency NATIVE Zs Statistic Currency United States dollar e Display Language English z Export Settings for Calendar Resources Exchange Calendar Five day X Fiscal Calendar Vendor Specific X L oe Change Fiscal Calendar Settings Options Fiscal Calendar Options Fiscal Calendar allows you to specify which vendor to use to resolve fiscal periods for all data items for your identifiers A hierarchy of vendors defines the Fiscal Calendar B E S then Worldscope then Reuters Fundamentals and then Toyo Keizai You have two options in choosing a fiscal calendar e Vendor Specific If you set your calendar to Vendor Specific Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link uses the fiscal calendar that is associated with the vendor that is sourcing your data item selection e Under this option the data for B E S Worldscope Reuters Fundamentals and Toyo Keizai use calendars with their respective names For example B E S data uses the B E S calendar Worldscope data uses the Worldscope calendar and so on Therefore the same vendor supplies the fiscal calendar and the data item e Cross vendor If you set
99. 5 returns the function value relative to the symbol RELTD see RELTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis relative to a specified identifier THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 95 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder RELX see RELX Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 returns the function value relative to the symbol returned from symbol_fx VALUE see VALUE Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 returns the function value run for the symbol VALUEX see VALUEX Relative amp Value Functions on page 97 returns the function value run for the symbol returned from symbol_fx INDEX Relative amp Value Functions The INDEX function converts time series data to be based to a specified index base value at the start date Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions You can use this function to calculate a time series of cumulative year to date price changes based to 100 This function returns the time series in an indexed series starting from 100 Function Call Sample Formula EE INDEXTD Relative amp Value Functions The INDXTD function converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis beginning at zero on the start date Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions You can use this function t
100. 9 15 Refresh a Workbook 214 Refresh Cells 214 217 227 Refresh Links Linking 178 Refresh Links while Managing Content Linking 178 181 Refresh Selected Cells Refresh 214 Refresh the Active Worksheet Refresh 214 Refresh the Values of a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager 169 REGCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 87 REGINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions e 72 83 88 REGRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 89 REGSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 88 REGSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 89 REGSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 83 90 REL Relative amp Value Functions 72 100 101 Relative and Value Functions e 69 100 Relative Dates Date Syntax 219 RELTD Relative amp Value Functions 48 72 101 102 RELX Relative amp Value Functions 72 101 102 Reorder Screen Criteria Screen Builder 141 149 Report Builder 126 152 225 Reporting State Parameter 24 28 137 Reuters As Reported Fundamental Data Reports Report Builder 137 RIGHT String Functions e 72 115 117 RINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 82 90 Roll Periods Parameter 24 28 ROUND General Functions 72 80 81 RRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 72 82 90 RSI Statistical Functions
101. 950 and current year 5 Calendar Ster Semi Annual is 1 2 Calendar Year Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Quarter is 1 4 Calendar Year Quarter Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Calendar Semi Annual is 1 2 Y i A Braet d Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Quarter is any integer within the limitations of the available content Fiscal Quarter Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Fiscal Year Quarter is 1 4 Fiscal Year Quarter Year is between 1950 and current year 5 Fiscal Semi Annual is 1 2 Y i A E KE Year is between 1950 and current year 5 TF PR PriceClose sdate 3W Price close from three weeks ago Price close from three years two TF PR PriceClose sdate 1 2 3 ents ENI Oe CEV aan TF FN Sales period 0CQ Quarterly sales from the last calendar quarter Sales form the last completed dE calendar semi annual period Annual sales from the last calendar year TF FN Sales period OCY Quarterly sales from the first calendar quarter of the last calendar year TF FN Sales period 1QCYO TF FN Sales period 1SCYO Sales from the first semi annual period of the last calendar year Quarterly sales from the last fiscal TF FN Sales period OFQ quarter TF FN Sales period OFY Annual sales from the last fiscal year Quarterly sales from the first TEEN Sales peniod 1QEY0 quarter of the last fiscal year TF FN Sales period 1SY0
102. Add Type the date of the holding statement or click is to select one and click OK Select a Base Currency In the Holding Statements panel click the date of the holding statement for the portfolio that you would like to create Click Click to Add Identifiers and Shares Type an identifier for example IBM or MSFT and press ENTER or look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder on page 116 8 Double click the Shares cell for that identifier and type a number of shares uk Ww oN NO 9 To re sort click a column header to sort by that column Click again to reverse the order 10 To add or delete a row right click the row and click New Row or Delete Tl To delete all the constituents of a portfolio click the date of the portfolio in the Holding Statements area right click click Delete and click Yes to confirm the deletion 12 To save the portfolio click ld and see Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist on page 117 13 Click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 116 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 9 Funded Portfolio Builder Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder To look up identifiers 1 2 3 Nous 10 Ti 12 13 14 15 Click Click to Add Identifiers and Shares Click P From the keyword drop down make a selection You cannot select Thomson Ticker in the Keyword drop down if you are searching for an inactive company Select S
103. CORP AMT N XNYS COM Telecommunications 49 78 52 33 36 14 AMERIPRISE FINL INC AMP N XNYS COM Financials 50 64 50 78 34 14 BANK HAWAI CORP BOH N XNYS COM Financials 46 23 54 09 40 95 S 87 Items 1 Selected Add Commonly Used Items to Screening Criteria When you build your screen you can add commonly used descriptive elements or key statistical values all available in the Quick List You can also add these items one by one by clicking but the Quick List allows you to view and add these commonly used items all at once rather than searching for and selecting them individually Add Exchange Geography Sector or Industry through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder To add exchange geography sector or industry through the Quick List to screening criteria 1 Click Quick List 2 Click in a field in the left column To select multiple items from the left box hold the control key while selecting multiple items 3 Select an item in the left box click gt gt and click OK To select multiple items from the left box hold the control key while selecting multiple items 4 Click Add to Criteria Add Whether a Private Company is Private Equity Backed to Screening Criteria Screen Builder In order to add the criterion of having a private company backed by private equity or not you must first select a universe of Active Companies Primary Only Active Companies or Watchlist and you must select Private in th
104. Change Update Settings Options iicssecscvviscascc seas sddsededsecasaas ance sidsassvaecesesdytes deiciscaosccuszs0iadsacieusdabesteviaiqssaaianeeasesbaciasscaaecdyiaiseiats 189 Change Regional Settings Options E 190 Fiscal Galendat el CT 193 Choosing a Fiscal e EE 193 Change Error Message Display Settings Options cc cccessececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeceeeeeseaaeeeseaeeeeceaeeeseeaaeesecaeeeseaeeeseieeeesenaeees 194 Export Options to Excel Options ET 197 View Version and Support Information Options e ssesssessises din eavnsey a EEN EE EES cea sreiaesanvuriavarainradeas 197 Chapter 18 CL gl 199 Enable or Dis ble Cliek TH Ucr guid e ek eEEL REENEN ebe EEE EENS AERCH 199 ACCESS CUCK TEE EE EE 199 Edit a Number Click Thru Audit EE 200 Print a Source Document Click Thru Audit 200 Save a Source Document as a PDF Click Thru Audit 200 Cell Formatiand Click THTU eege geg gees EE E sde 200 Chapter 19 Enable or Disable Real Time Data cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 202 Chapter 20 Refresh Cells Refresh Selected Cells Refresh 203 Refresh the Active Worksheet Refresh ccccccccsssssccecccecsssseeeccecesssaeacececcesesaeeecesccsaseeeeecesesessssecececeesaseeececsceeeseeeeeeeeeseaes 203 Refresh WOrkDOOK 5 ege eege fag gue cals vate nee ui sae ee eac cutee see enaein ouatie sawn scene eevee nae oe aan eaies ota 203 Chapter 21 Ga
105. D Value Property Expression Properties The Value property returns the value of the expression F x Value_Property fx function function You can use this function to return the value for the selected data item TF MSFT Eunicton call sample ormuta PROP_VALUE TF PR PriceClose sdate 0D General Functions General functions return a1 or O if the function value meets certain criteria or round a number to a number of decimal places IN see IN General Functions on page 74 returns 1 if the function value appears in the list of values NOT_IN see NOT_IN General Functions on page 74 returns O if the function value appears in the list of values OUT_OF_RANGE see OUT_OF_RANGE General Functions on page 74 returns O if the value falls between the start and the end RANGE see RANGE General Functions on page 74 returns 1 if the value falls between the start and the end ROUND see ROUND General Functions on page 75 rounds a number to a number of decimal places THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 74 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder DAYS BETWEEN see DAYS_BETWEEN General Functions on page 75 returns the number of days between two dates IN General Functions The In function IN checks if an evaluated data item is contained within a list of values returning 1 if true contained or O if false The Any String parameter accepts a data item
106. Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 8 Click Save Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Numbers Linking You can have up to five values for numbers Every time you press the keyboard shortcut the value changes according to your selected default order To change the default values and order of the keyboard shortcut for number 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Edit next to Number Remove 3 To remove a number click it in the Order box and click Repeat if necessary 4 To add a number back click it in the Options box and click Add gt 5 Toadd another number option type it in the text box click Add click it in the Options box and click Add 6 Torearrange the number selections to appear in a different order every time you press the keyboard shortcut click a number in the Order box and click Move Up or Move Down Repeat with other number selections if necessary 7 To edit the keystrokes see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 8 Click Save Repeat if necessary Deactivat
107. E PAGE 7 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup Before you filter a data item in the Item area of Data Item Lookup or Expression Builder you must select a category in the Category area To search on all available data items select All in the category area To filter data items 1 To view the name of each data item click the Name View icon in the Item area 2 To view the codes for each data item click the Code View icon in the Item area 3 To filter the list of data items in the Items area type a filter for example current or primary in the Item box The list of data items updates to match your filter as you type 4 To view a description for a data item select a category and a data item and then click the Description tab in the right pane Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup You can view detailed information of any data item by reading its description and using the Data Item Information Viewer The description for each data item in the Description tab of the right panel includes a definition properties and signature The Data Item Information Viewer available through a right click menu also includes the definition but also displays the content set to which the data item belongs and if applicable the fiscal calendar frequency scale code return type signature and or ID To view more information on a data item 1 After locating a data item by category
108. EUR 19981231 Us To Euro 9M Fwd Wmr Y07454 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro O N Fwd Wmr Y07457 USD EUR 19981231 Us To Euro T N Fwd Wmr Y07458 USD EUR 19981231 12 Identifiers 1 Selected Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup To re sort results alphabetically or reverse alphabetically 1 Click the column heading 2 Toreverse the order click again To add or change the order of the columns 1 In the upper right corner of the Results area click DI 2 Select or clear the columns to display and click Move Up or Move Down to change the order of the columns 3 Click OK Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup You can customize your export and set your defaults for future exports to Excel Export options differ by component To customize your export of a company equity index exchange rate or IBES Global Aggregate to Excel 1 After searching for a company equity index exchange rate see Look up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup on page 30 or IBES Global Aggregate in the Search Results area click the company or equity index that you would like to export 2 Click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export the company identifier index or IBES Global Aggregate 3 Inthe Identifier Lookup dialog click the Export drop down and choose Export As 4 Select Identifier type Layout and inclusion or exclusion of Headers 5 Select if you would like to keep these settings as defaults
109. Ee 13 July 2011 THOMSON REUTE RS Legal Information Thomson Reuters 2011 All Rights Reserved Thomson Reuters disclaims any and all liability arising from the use of this document and does not guarantee that any information contained herein is accurate or complete This document contains information proprietary to Thomson Reuters and may not be reproduced transmitted or distributed in whole or part without the express written permission of Thomson Reuters Contents Contents ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT 5 2 cece cecccecceseceicctercesesenctens cocecededecuceteceevecconacedsbesvesaedeneeecadeseessedeacccaerdseesaesecceedsedzeecseceseers 1 MACE TIGGER CSRS IA Pcs ses sew cpr te nate ea Sees atc neta a ete Sew ante geheie a Ea E iA 1 In this DOCUMENT ergin Giedel SCENE Reeg Dee ve ee ad eae edad deen 1 TE EE d Chapter Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link cscseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeseeeeeeeesseeeseeeneeeeees 2 Chapter2 Template Library EE 3 View Templates Template Library Upload Templates Template Library sis ssicecssssadisesstiessoeneese duns EEN EeeeEeE dE EES EENS EENS dE 3 Ghapter s Constituent LOOkU pits cscs aisccec cctecec Sebi cescecepceesecbnccececeices ad PaSa AdO ess dpd xceccecenssels lt lecacceasieasiecineceaecety 5 Look Up Constituents Constituent LookUp sevog ue dere gekeeteueekEereh cavers tad a ent ae ee deet tenes ee dee 5 Customize Your Export Constituent LOOKUP x0ssvecciesecs
110. Entitlements dl Always ask me where to open documents from a different Click Thru source New Click Thru documents to be opened in Newwindow y Regional Display Message to be displayed for Errors Export Null Value Host error message Resources N A Offline mode Host error message Offline Retrieving data Host error message Change Display Settings for Click Thru Audit Options You can show or hide the names of parameters you add to a data item in both the function bar at the bottom of Data Item Lookup and the function call itself When you show the names of parameters the function call looks like this TF PR PriceClose sdate OD When you hide the names of parameters the function call looks like this TF PR PriceClose OD To change default display settings for parameters in function calls From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide L 2 Select Display 3 Select or clear the Display Data Item Parameter Names check box 4 Click OK Connection e2 Change the settings used for display Defaults Identifiers Display Settings Brokers di Display Data Item parameter names Updates Edited numbers from Click Thru Audit As Entitlements dl Always ask me where to open documents from a different Click Thru source New Click Thru documents to be opened in yen Window Regional Display Message to be displayed for Errors Export Null Value Host error
111. Expression box When you select functions select parameters and add them to an expression When you select data items the syntax appears and updates in the Formula bar below the Data Items and Functions tabs You cannot change functions in the Formula bar You must change functions in the Expression box To build an expression starting with data items 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build an Expression 2 From the drop down select an entity type 3 Type search for see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 or reference a cell see Reference a Cell Report Builder on page 121 with an identifier 4 Click the Data Items tab 5 Locate a data item by name see Search for a Data Item by Name Expression Builder on page 54 or category see Browse for a Data Item by Category Expression Builder on page 55 6 To seta parameter for the data item see Set Parameters for Data Items see Set Parameters for Data Items Expression Builder on page 55 7 To add a data item to the end of an expression a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression End of Expression 8 To add a data item at the location of the cursor in the Expression box a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Place your cursor in the location within the Expression box that you want the data item to appear c Click the Add to Expression drop down
112. F x VAR fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the variance of a stock s price return based on a sample TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula w ar TE PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 40 frq D VARP Statistical Functions The VARP function calculates the variance of population F x VARP fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the variance of a stock s price return based on the entire population TF IBM EE VARP TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 40 frq D WAVG Statistical Functions The WAVG function returns the weighted moving average for a company F x WAVG weight_fx fx THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 105 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder weight_fx weighting function or list fx source function or list WGMEAN Statistical Functions The WGMEAN function returns the weighted geometric mean of the values in the function F x WGMEAN weight_fx fx weight_fx weighting function or list fx source function or list THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 106 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder WHAVG Statistical Functions The WHAVG function returns the weighted harmonic mean The harmonic mean is the reciprocal of the average of the reciprocal values of all elements in a set F x WHAVG weight_fx fx weight_fx weighting function or list fx source function
113. From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon ude 2 Click Resources THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 198 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options e Version information appears in the About the Product area e Customer support numbers appear in the Support Numbers area Connection e2 Contact Thomson Reuters and maintain reliability of the product Defaults Identifiers About the Product Brokers Spreadsheet Link Version 2 0 7 792 deg Excel Version 11 0 i Framework Version MET 3 5 30729 01 SP 1 Entitlements Workspace Version 4 5 24 3 WebQA Version 5 41 1 22836 Regional OS Version Windows XP 5 1 2600 196608 Service Pack 3 Display Support Numbers Export e Support Numbers were not found Resources L e IL Gei IL ze THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 199 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 18 Click Thru Chapter 18 Click Thru Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Click Thru provides greater access to the type of content you rely on to make key investment decisions and recommendations Click Thru delivers greater transparency by allowing you to examine the underlying calculations and view specific data in original company created source documents Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link offers more than 55 000 US and non US Click Thru enabled reports via Worldscope including e 10 K Reports e ARS Reports e 10 Q Reports e Interim Reports e Prospectuses e 8 K Re
114. Identifier Lookup on page 38 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 34 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 18 To look up a different index click New Search Identifier Lookup 2 x Criteria Entity Type Private Companies D Keyword Company Name Starts with 1 Best P cao crt o 5 Security Status Equals wel Active E amp Advanced Options Results Name S OrgiD Country Best Beat K K CTO1Z30WOA JPN Best Co Ltd 701222129 JPN Best Corporation K K CT01Z3755P JPN Best Instruments Co Ltd CT01Z2YE43 JPN Best Instruments Co Ltd CTO2AOWO24 JPN Best Life CT01Z2C1CE JPN Best Project Co ltd CT01Z30WOB JPN Best Rance K K CT01Z312WX JPN Best Service CT01Z2U887 JPN Best Supply Co ltd CTOIZ30WOC JPN Best Systems Co Ltd CTO1Z2UX5T JPN Best Yakuhin CTO1Z1TKBH JPN Bestex Kyoei Co Ltd CT01Z30WOD JPN Bestgeo CT01Z2NV3U JPN Besthousing Corporation T01Z353N7 JPN Bestone K K cT01Z34VGT JPN 17 Identifiers 1 Selected New Search Advanced Options for Looking up an Equity Index Identifier Lookup To look up an equity index using advanced options 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers From the Entity Type drop down select Equity Indices If applicable select an identifier type from the Keyword drop down Select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly ST Ze Ri Pe In the textbox type all or part of the identifier you chose for exa
115. If you have updated added or removed slides in the PowerPoint presentation click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected presentation 7 Click the down arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 To set a standard name for a range of cells select the cell group of cells and then click Apply Name see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 9 Highlight the cell s table or chart that you want to export 10 Click the thumbnail of the slide to which you want to export To export to a placeholder in the slide click the placeholder in the thumbnail Tl To open the slide double click the thumbnail 12 In Excel in the Export Excel Object dialog click Export THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 167 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 13 In PowerPoint view size and position the results Export from Excel to Word Linking From within Excel you can add content and export into a Word document To export from Excel to Word 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you want to export to Word 2 In Excel 2003 on the Linking menu click Export 3 In Excel 2007 or 2010 go to the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab and click Export 4 In the Export Excel Object dialog click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the Word document click Open and ensure that you see it in the drop down next to the Browse b
116. K Open a Saved Ranking Multi Factor Ranking When you open a saved ranking the data items or expressions that you saved and the symbols or screen against which you ranked are available for you to use If you want to use the ranking that you open you must type or select symbols or a screen for your ranking universe When you use this open ranking you can use the same data items or expressions or you can add delete or edit see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 them If you click Save the new data items and expressions overwrite the old ones and Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link saves the ranking as the previous name If you click Save As you can create a separate ranking with a different name while keeping the old ranking intact To open a ranking In the Ranking Criteria area of Multi Factor Ranking click Click in the Search box and type all or part of a ranking name In Name column click a ranking to view its information in the right panel Click OK o Enn To reuse the ranking select a universe to rank by typing an identifier or clicking LZ in the Identifier s box to look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 import a list on page 122 import a screen see Import a Saved Screen on page 122 or build a list see Build a Watchlist on page 149 6 Edit the universe against which you are ranking and or criteria or click Show Results For more information on working with results see Work w
117. K USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 211 OF 235 D W FQ FT FS FI e CW CM CO Pl ES Gy AW AM AQ AY WTD MTD Trading Day Week Month Fiscal Quarter Fiscal Trimester Fiscal Semi Annual Fiscal Interim Fiscal Year Calendar Day Calendar Week Calendar Month Calendar Quarter Calendar Trimester Calendar Semi Annual Calendar Year Actual Week Actual Month Actual Quarter Actual Year Week to Date Month to Date THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 Chapter 23 Date Syntax PAGE 212 OF 235 Chapter 23 Date Syntax FQTD Fiscal Quarter to Date DW Trading Weeks FYTD Fiscal Year to Date CQTD Calendar Quarter to Date Gib Calendar Year to Date J Julian R Range MI 1 B E S Monthly Updates SIM Short Interest Month SUN Sunday MON Monday TUE Tuesday WED Wednesday THUR Thursday FRI Friday SAT Saturday Date and Period Builder Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Date and Period Builder allows you to specify date composition parameters To use the Date and Period Builder 1 For absolute dates select Absolute a To select acalendarized date select a month year and date b To set acalendarized date or other time period and adjustments click Advanced select Absolute and select a time period and its related values from the appropriate drop downs 2 For absolute periods select Absolute a To select a calendarized
118. L ELECTRICCO GEN 1000 Dow Jones Wilshire 2500 DJW2500 2422 HEWLETT PACKARD CO HPQ N 1000 Dow Jones Wilshire 4500 DJW4500 4480 HOME DEPOT INC HD N 1000 Dow Jones Wilshire 4500 Float DJW4500 F 2427 INTEL CORP INTC O 1000 y 40 Items 1 Selected In H J r ges _ Customize Your Export Constituent Lookup You can customize your export and defaults for future exports to Excel To customize export options 1 After using the Constituent Lookup click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 To customize export settings click the Export drop down and choose Export As 3 Select to export data as an Index Portfolio Watchlist or Constituents 4 If exporting constituents select Calculation Type Identifier Type Layout Data Items Headers and Clean Up criteria from the appropriate drop downs To save your export settings click the Keep these settings when exporting data check box To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data D 7 Click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 6 OF 235 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Chapter A Data Item Lookup The Data Item Lookup locates and exports data stored on the Thomson Reuters database To help you locate this data easily the lookup categorizes data items and orders them according to their typical use You can then export these data items directly onto an Excel spreadshee
119. N Statistical Functions The MIN function returns the minimum value in the function F x MIN fx source function or list THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 102 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder You can use this function to find the lowest Price to Earnings ratio over a given time period TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula MIN TF FN PERatioClose period FYO rollPeriods 1 sdate 8 edate 0 frq Y MIN_INDEX Statistical Functions The MIN_INDEX function returns the position in the time series of the minimum value F x MIN_INDEX fx source function or list RSI Statistical Functions The RSI function returns the Relative Strength Index of the function calculated by using simple averages of up and down moves over a specified number of periods RSI 100 up_average up_average down_average F x RSI fx source function or list STD Statistical Functions The STD function returns the standard deviation of the selected cells The standard deviation measures the variability of data in a sample as opposed to a population See STDP see STDP Statistical Functions on page 103 STD is not the weighted standard deviation For information on the weighted standard deviation see WSTD see WSTD Statistical Functions on page 106 F x STD fx source function or list You can use this function to This function can be used to calculate the standard deviation
120. P InvestorCountry TF OP InvestorName TF OP PctOwnership THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder Definition of Data Item The percent of total shares outstanding that an investor holds of a company It is calculated by dividing the investor share position in a company by the adjusted shares outstanding of the company as of the latest filing date Number of shares held by investor Change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Percentage change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Date of shares reported Description of filing sources for shares reported Total value of the holdings of an investor as of the filing dates of the holdings in each stock Investment style for investor owner such as Aggressive Growth This is derived from the style of the constituent stocks which is in turn derived from the earnings of the companies Turnover is a measure of the churn in an owner s portfolio the buying and selling that take place over a period of time Thomson Reuters calculates investor turnover after analyzing its previous 12 quarters 36 months of portfolio holdings More detailed breakdown of Investor Type such as Pension Fund or Holding Company City in which investor is located Country in which investor is located Name of owner The percent of total shares outstanding that an
121. PANYNAME Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM UPPERCASE TF CompanyName The following function converts all the letters in the outcome from the function TF CompanyName to upper case In this case it returns INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHS Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM UPPERCASE TF CompanyName Mathematical Operators A mathematical operator is a symbol between two inputs that performs a calculation or function Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link processes complex expressions by using parentheses and operation order Parentheses in mathematical expressions modify the normal order The part of the expression in the parentheses is calculated first and the result is then used in the rest of the expression Nested parenthesis work similarly in that they define the expression order working from the inner most parentheses to the outer most parentheses The order of operations in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link is as follows 1 to the power 2 divide multiply divide with zero as negative modulus 3 add subtract 4 available zero if not available 5 greater than less than greater than or equal to less than or equal to not equal to equal to Addition Adds the variables Subtraction A B Subtracts the variables t Multiplication A B Multiplies the variables A Division A B Divides the variables THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 113 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder
122. PT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 intercept linear regression against time RSQUARE see RSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 R square linear regression against time SLOPE see SLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 slope linear regression against time SLOPESTD see SLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 87 standard deviation linear regression against time STDERR see STDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 87 standard error linear regression against time Measures of linear regression against the same function run for the symbol RCORREL see RCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 81 correlation RINTERCEPT see RINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 intercept RRSQUARE see RRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 R square RSLOPE see RSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 85 slope RSLOPESTD see RSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 85 standard deviation RSTDERR see RSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 standard error Measures of linear regression of a function against a second function REGCORREL see REGCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 81 correlation REGINTERCEPT see REGINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Fun
123. S Click Select a Data Item In the Data Item Lookup dialog select a data item on page 142 and click OK ui Ek WM To add a condition for example greater than or equal to click the arrow next to the greater than gt sign and click a condition 6 Inthe field on the right type a value or click the arrow of the blank drop down on the right and click Select a Data Item on page 142 Create an Expression see Filter by Custom Expression Screen Builder on page 142 or Reference a Cell 7 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 8 Click OK To browse for a data item by category 1 From the Category area click next toa category in the expandable tree 2 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 3 Inthe Item area click a data item 4 To set the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 5 To view detailed information about the data item use the Information Viewer see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 6 Click OK Filter by Custom Expression Screen Builder You can build a custom formula or expression to use in your screen To filter by custom expression 1 In Screen Builde
124. SMOOTH function returns an exponentially weighted moving average of a time series smoothed by a factor of n The factor should be between O and 1 The higher factor gives greater weight to historical data points The Factor parameter accepts any number n between O and 1 The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 100 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The following function returns a value that is the exponential smoothing of the price closes for IBM over 20 days by a factor of 5 TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula EXPSMOOTH 5 TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 19 frq D GMEAN Statistical Functions The Geometric Mean function GMEAN returns the geometric mean of an array or range of positive numeric data The numbers are multiplied and then the th root is taken The Any Number 1 parameter accepts any number less than 2 147 483 647 This function returns the compound annual asset return from 10 years of annual revenues for IBM TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula we AN TF PR PricePchg sdate 0 edate 9 frq d HAVG Statistical Functions The Harmonic Average function HAVG returns the harmonic mean of a data set of positive numbers the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of reciprocals You can include up to 30 arguments for this calculation The Any Number 1 parameter accepts any number less than 2 147 483 647
125. Sales from the first semi annual period of the last fiscal year THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 210 OF 235 Chapter 23 Date Syntax Fiscal Interim Interims reference quarters for companies that report four times per year and semi annuals for companies that report two times per year Interim is any integer within the limitations of the available content TF FN Sales period FI0 Sales from the most recent fiscal period For companies that report four times per year Fiscal Interim returns quarterly data For companies that report two times per year Fiscal Interim returns semi annual data Learn Frequencies Date Syntax It is not mandatory to include a frequency in the start date or end date If you do not include a frequency the default is what is in the frequency parameter see Frequency Parameter on page 18 For more information on parameters see the List of Parameters The table below shows available frequencies DY DYTD DQTD DQ DM CMTD CWTD DMTD DWTD FITD FSTD FTTD CSTD Trading Years Trading Calendar Year to Date Trading Calendar Quarter to Date Trading Quarters Trading Months Calendar Month to Date Calendar Week to Date Trading Month to Date Trading Week to Date Fiscal Interim to Date Fiscal Semi annual to Date Fiscal Tri mester to Date Calendar Semi annual to Date THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LIN
126. WEEN see DAYS_BETWEEN General Functions on page 75 returns the number of days between two dates DESCRIPTION PROPERTY see Description Property Expression Properties on page 71 description of the expression DISPLAY NAME PROPERTY see Display Name Property Expression Properties on page 71 display name of the expression DOES_NOT_CONTAIN see DOES_NOT_CONTAIN String Functions on page 110 returns 1 if given text is not found within the string DOWN_SEQ see DOWN_SEQ Statistical Functions on page 99 down sequence EXP see EXP Mathematical Functions on page 91 the exponent of the number EXPSMOOTH see EXPSMOOTH Statistical Functions on page 99 exponential smoothing FISCAL PERIOD END PROPERTY see Fiscal Period End Property Expression Properties on page 71 fiscal period end property of the expression FLOOR see FLOOR Mathematical Functions on page 91 floor FRAC see FRAC Mathematical Functions on page 92 the fractional part of the number GMEAN see GMEAN Statistical Functions on page 100 geometric mean HAVG see HAVG Statistical Functions on page 100 harmonic average IF see IF Logical Functions on page 88 if the value from fx1 is less than or greater than O then fx2 else fx3 fx2 and fx3 can be literals IN see IN General Functions on page 74 returns 1 if the function value appears in the list of values INDEX see INDEX Relative amp Value F
127. Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Manage Links In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 in the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 4 To delete all broken links click Select ALl In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 5 Ifyou have multiple categories of links make a selection from the Group By drop down and or the Filter By drop down To delete all the links of one category select the category with all the broken links that you want to delete For example to delete all the broken table links select Table Table Lock Group Refresh Group Page 2 Placeholder 5 Test Book5_pie chat des Sheet Linking Range 1 Refresh 5 25 2011 11 12 37 PM fa Le e Source 5 25 2011 11 12 37 DM Target 5 25 2011 11 35 03 PM E ho ee E 6 To delete individual broken links select each link that you want to delete if it is broken 7 Atthe bottom of the Managed Linked Content dialog click Clean Broken Links 8 Click Yes to confirm 9 Click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 171 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking Generate a Report on Links Linking You can generate a report on all the links in a workbook docume
128. airs There must be one final else_value This function requires an odd number of arguments F x AV if_condition then_value else_value if_condition number the first logical value to test then_value the value to return if condition is True else_value the value to return if all if_conditions are False Text Available Availability Functions The Text Available function TEXTAV provides a method to replace nulls with a string value The Array parameter accepts any data item or expression and can be a scalar input or array input The Match parameter is the string that replaces the nulls It is not necessary to delimit by quotation marks in the formula or user interface The following example shows FY1 Fundamental Sales function always null using TEXTAV to produce the string match string Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM TEXTAV TF FN Sales FY1 match string Zero Available Availability Functions The Zero Available function ZAV provides a method to replace nulls with a numeric zero The Number Array parameter accepts any data item or expression and can be a scalar input or array input The following example shows FY1 Fundamental Sales function always null using ZAV to produce a zero Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM ZAV TF FN Sales FY1 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 70 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Expression Properties Expression property fun
129. akpoint Reports Multi Factor Ranking Breakpoint reports contain the following information e Name of Universe Being Ranked Against e Rank Type Bins e Each Data Item Used in Ranking Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sorts breakpoint reports by the bin values from 1 to the Rank Type total 4 5 10 and 100 There is no breakpoint report for a1 to N rank report THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 155 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Error Logs Multi Factor Ranking Error logs include the following fields e Entity Identifier by default Thomson Ticker e Entity Name e Error Reason A record is part of the error log if it meets the following criteria 1 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link drops an entity because it meets the criteria for being null and you have selected for Multi Factor Ranking to exclude null entities 2 The sector is null Invalid tickers or missing entity names that meet the above two criteria appear as NA in the error log THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 156 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager Proprietary Data Manager lets you upload your company s proprietary or custom data including text calculations or other values so that you can use them in your workbooks Proprietary Data Manager Import Data Import Data Create update or overwrite a proprietary data item Data Item Ce Import Fie
130. all Sample Formula RSLOPE SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 fro d RSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative Slope Standard Deviation function RSLOPESTD returns the standard deviation of the slope of a linear regression of a specific data set for a ticker against the same data set for another ticker Slope Standard Deviation quantifies the precision of the estimated slope in a linear regression In this case the linear regression is the simple regression of the data item for a ticker specified in the Formula parameter against the same item for the ticker specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard deviation of the slope of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price percent change of S amp P 500 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 86 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RSLOPESTD SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 19 9 frq d RSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The R Square function RSQUARE returns the R Square of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time R Square also called the coefficient of determination quantifies the proportion of variability of a specific data set that s accounted for by the statisti
131. amp Labels 8 To select a different color scheme for your chart click an icon 9 To view the changes to your chart click Update Chart 10 To export the chart and its numeric data table to Excel click Export For more information on how to customize the export see Customize Your Export on page 52 Tl To close the Chart Builder window click Close Entity Type AI Entities D Identifier s ibm pe new Help Category Shares Traded Analysis bd Type Jl Color Scheme mar View BE TF PR PriceClose Shares Traded Analysis 30 TF PR VolumeDaily MITF PR VolumeCumulative Number of bins 5 amp ER 80 WE of Volume of Accumulated Volume Default ofi 116 8 119 1 1191 1215 1215 1239 Price Range 123 9 126 3 126 3 128 6 Update Chart Export THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 52 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder View Chart Numeric Table Data Chart Builder You can view the data in a table or a chart or toggle between the two using the icons To view chart data in a numerical table e Click the Data icon in the View area To view the data as a chart e Click the Chart 4 icon Customize Your Export You can customize your export and defaults for future exports to Excel To customize the export 1 After building and generating a chart click the cell in the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your chart Click the
132. and then click Add at cursor 9 Add an operator see Mathematical Operators on page 112 to the expression 10 To add additional data items to the expression repeat steps 3 through 5 11 To apply a function to the data item locate the function by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 12 Add the function to the expression at the location of the cursor see Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 55 at the end of an expression see Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 around an entire expression see Add a Function Around an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 or around a selected part of an expression see Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 13 To check the expression syntax see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 14 To evaluate the expression see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 15 To export the expression to Excel click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 54 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 16 To clear the Expression box to create a new expression click Ne
133. andard error of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time Standard error quantifies the accuracy to expect from a statistical model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data set specified in the Formula parameter against time The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard error of the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time TF ibm Function Call Sample Formula sc ThERR TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq D Logical Functions Logical functions return logical True or False values AND see AND Logical Functions on page 88 aggregates values IF see IF Logical Functions on page 88 if the value from fx2 is less than or greater than O then fx2 else fx3 fx2 and fx3 can be literals OR see OR Logical Functions on page 88 refers to both operators THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 88 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder XOR see XOR Logical Functions on page 88 operates only if one of two values matches AND Logical Functions The And function AND checks if both boolean input expressions are true returning a 1 if true both true or O if false at least one is false The Any Bool 1 parameter is a boolean expression The Any Bool 2 parameter is a boolean expression The following function returns a 1 1 True in evaluating if
134. ar quarter various methodologies THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 21 OF 235 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup en a E Absolute Fiscal Year SC Absolute Fiscal qlQlYYYY Quarter Absolute Calendar Year CURRAN Absolute q QCY YYY Calendar Y Quarter Relative Calendar q QCY n Year Quarter Next 12 Months NTM 12 Mo Rolling Last 12 Months LTM 12 Mo Rolling Prev Window Parameter IESEAN 2010 q in 1 2 3 4 and 1975 lt YYYY lt 2010 1975 lt YYYY lt 2010 qin 1 2 3 4 and ISVS AAAS 2010 qin 1 2 3 4 and 20 lt n lt 6 2004 2005 2007 1Q2006 2Q2004 Ccy2006 CY1999 1QCY2006 3QCY1 1QCY 4 NTM LTM Fiscal year based on the year in which the fiscal year ends after 1 month roll back Alternative FY YYYY if no conflict with Relative Fiscal Year Fiscal quarter based on the year in which the fiscal year ends after 1 month roll back Calendar year various methodologies Calendar Quarter various methodologies Relative calendar quarter based on relative Calendar year various methodologies Next 12 months relative to the month of the current date Alternative FTM Next 12 months relative to the current date Alternative TTM You can set the Previous Prev Window parameter for Number of Estimates Raised and Lowered for Custom Consensus functions The number of estimates raised and lowered for custo
135. ascertaining to be true or false Mathematical Functions Mathematical functions return the value of common mathematical functions ABS see ABS Mathematical Functions on page 89 absolute value ACOS see ACOS Mathematical Functions on page 90 arcosine ASIN see ASIN Mathematical Functions on page 90 arcsine ATAN see ATAN Mathematical Functions on page 90 arctangent CEILING see CEILING Mathematical Functions on page 91 ceiling COS see COS Mathematical Functions on page 91 cosine EXP see EXP Mathematical Functions on page 91 the exponent of the number FLOOR see FLOOR Mathematical Functions on page 91 floor FRAC see FRAC Mathematical Functions on page 92 the fractional part of the number INT see INT Mathematical Functions on page 92 the integer part of the number LN see LN Mathematical Functions on page 92 natural logarithm LOG see LOG Mathematical Functions on page 93 base 10 logarithm PERCENT_CHG see PERCENT_CHG Mathematical Functions on page 93 percent change POW see POW Mathematical Functions on page 93 raises fx to the power of a number SIN see SIN Mathematical Functions on page 93 sine SQRT see SQRT Mathematical Functions on page 94 square root TAN see TAN Mathematical Functions on page 94 tangent of an angle ABS Mathematical Functions The ABS function returns the absolute value of a number You m
136. ata items at the detail level Excluded estimates are those not included in the mean calculations This parameter allows you to include or exclude these brokers in the output from a Detail Estimate array function By default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link includes excluded estimates InclExcluded True but by using this parameter you can specify whether or not they should be used in a Detail Estimates array function Enumerations 1 true Includes excluded estimates in output O false Excludes excluded estimates in output Include Stopped Estimates Parameter The Include or Show Stopped Estimates parameter applies to Estimates data items at the detail level Stopped estimates are those contributed in the past by brokers that no longer cover the security in question This parameter allows you to include or exclude these brokers in the output from a Detail Estimate array function By default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not include stopped estimates at the detail level ShowStopped False but by using this parameter you can specify whether or not to show or include stoped estimates Enumerations 1 true Includes stopped estimates in output O false Excludes stopped estimates in output Lag Parameter The Lag parameter takes the data items and the parameters you have applied and shows the results for n periods prior For example if you are looking at the most recent three quarters of cost of goods sold if
137. ate type in your search next to IGA Type select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select an IGA type To select multiple IGA types hold the CTRL key while clicking IGA types 14 Click OK 15 Click Show Results 16 To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information 17 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 18 To export a company to a spreadsheet select the company and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 37 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 19 To look up a different company click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type IBES Global Aggreg x Keyword Name Contains x ftse P Base Date Equals DI La Country aus Currency Includes Zi lal 1GA Type 1 G amp Advanced Options Show Results Search Results Name z IGA ID DS Mnemonic Country Ftse Australia Automobiles amp Parts FTAA3031 AUS Ftse Australia Banks FTAA8081 AUS Ftse Australia Basic Materials FTAA10 AUS 4 Ftse Australia Beverages FTAA4041 AUS Ftse Australia Chemicals FTAA1011 AUS Ftse Australia Construction amp Mater FTAA1013 AUS Ftse Au
138. box scroll down to select Gem Org Id 4 Click Move Up so that Gem Org Id is not at the bottom of the list 5 Click Apply 6 Click OK 7 Selects Starts With Contains or Is Exactly 8 Inthe textbox type all or part of the company name for example Micro or Best ou L Advanced options 10 To include or exclude at least one country of incorporation in your search next to Country of Incorporation select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c Click gt gt d Click OK Tl To search for active or inactive securities only in the text box to the right of Security Status and Equals click the ellipsis a Select Active or Inactive b Click OK 12 Click Show Results 13 To hide the Advanced Options and expand the Search Results area click amp Advanced Options 14 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 15 If applicable click the plus signs in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information 16 To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information 17 To export an index to a spreadsheet select it and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export
139. bs in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Templates Lists and Screens e To open My Workbench click the kd icon WW e To navigate backwards or forwards through pages you have previously viewed click O e To add columns right click the column heading and select Add Columns Check the box next to the column you would like to add To move column headings up or down click the heading topic and click either Move Up or Move Down Click OK Adding and removing columns updates the column settings only while the My Workbench dialog box is open e Toremove columns right click the column heading and select Remove Column Adding and removing columns updates the column settings only while the My Workbench dialog box is open e To sort files ascending or descending by column heading click a column heading De Esc Ss Templates Lists Screens Expressions Aggregates A Refresh New X Delete Help a Folders Name Owner Date Modified Name 112309_DOW 2 4 Date Created GER gt Personal Screens tege end e GE Se Wees e b LA Shared Screens E Julie 11 23 2009 243 Owner Julie Security Read Write Description There is no description available BaseSet TFINDEXSET DOW RunDate Currency United States dollar Criteria 01 IN TF InstrumentTypeCode COM PREF 1 02 _IN TF ExchangeCode XNYS XNAS 1 03 TF PR PriceClose gt 50 2 Screens 1 Selected
140. but Toyo Keizai holds their data prior to their delisting e AllJ REITs listed in Japan Use Excluded Estimates Parameter The Use Excluded Estimates parameter UseExcluded applies to Custom Summary Estimates formulas Excluded estimates are those considered by the content provider to not be up to date For example IBES considers any estimate that has not been confirmed by the contributing broker within 105 days to be stale thus it is excluded from the consensus estimate By default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not include excluded estimates UseExcluded False but by using this parameter you can specify whether or not they should be used in a Custom Summary Estimates formula Enumerations True or 1 Uses excluded estimates in calculation False or O Does not use excluded estimates in calculation Use Stopped Estimates Parameter The Use Stopped Estimates UseStopped parameter applies to Custom Summary Estimates formulas Stopped estimates are those contributed in the past by brokers that no longer cover the security in question By default THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 25 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not include stopped estimates in any consensus calculation UseStopped False but by using this parameter you can specify whether or not they should be used in a Custom Summary calculation Enumerations 1 true Uses stopped estimate
141. cal model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data set specified in the Formula parameter against time The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the R Square of the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RSQUARE TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq D NI RSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative Standard Error function RSTDERR returns the standard error of a simple linear regression of a specific data set for a ticker against the same data set for another ticker Standard error quantifies the accuracy to expect from a statistical model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data set for a ticker specified in the Formula parameter against the same item for the ticker specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard error of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price percent change of S amp P 500 TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RSTDERR SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 f rq d SLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Slope function SLOPE returns the slope of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time Slope
142. cel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking then to Edit and click Options In PowerPoint Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Options In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Options 2 Inthe Linking Options dialog under Import Export Options in the Chart row select the default option for exporting to or importing into PowerPoint 3 Inthe Linking Options dialog under Import Export Options in the Chart row select the default option for exporting to or importing into Word 4 Inthe Table row select the default option for exporting to or importing into for exporting to or importing into PowerPoint 5 Inthe Table row select the default option for exporting to or importing into for exporting to or importing into Word 6 Click OK Refresh Links Linking If you update content in a source Excel workbook you must refresh the links in order to have the updates reflected in the target presentation or document Unlike native Office links links do not refresh automatically You can refresh linked Excel content from either Excel or the target application If you have moved or renamed either the Excel worksheet Excel workbook the the target presentation or the affected slide in it or the Word document or the affected content in the Word document you cannot refresh the links
143. change mmm a Country of Incorporation Includes x USA GERJPN E Betara Z a Security Status Equals x Active amp Advanced Options Results Name e Thomson Ticker QAID Rep No BarraID Ticker Country SEDOL pb Best E E a OS ey Best Buy Inc BBY US BBY 1138N USABPQ1 BBY USA 209467 b Best Denki Co 8175 TO BEST ASDAO JPNCZI1 383560 JPN 609818 Best Energy Services Inc BEYS U HYBK B1A97 BEYS USA B23SLN Best Foreclosure Opptnts Inc BFCRL USA B28S37 Best Of The Best BEST LN ACCES UKUDNMI BEST GBR B16535 Bestway Coach Express Inc BWCX USA Bi7RQP Bestway Inc BSWY USA BOFGIP 8 Identifiers 1 Selected Key S Security Q Quote Ges __ Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Lookup You must have entitlements in order to see private company data For information on your entitlements contact your sales representative To look up a private company or public and private companies using advanced options 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers 2 From the Entity Type drop down select Private Companies or Public and Private Companies THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 33 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup To ensure that you can retrieve private company data entitlements required 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu or ribbon click Options on page 185 2 Click Identifiers 3 Inthe Order of Identifier Matching
144. change the time series for a single export Additionally you can set the security level of an expression so that others can have read write access or read only access You can also search for view delete and create sub folders for saved expressions through My Workbench see Manage Expressions My Workbench on page 181 To save an expression 1 After you have created an expression by starting with data items see Build an Expression Starting with Data Items Expression Builder on page 53 by starting with analytical functions see Build an Expression Starting with Analytical Functions Expression Builder on page 56 or by typing click la 2 To seta time series for the expression click Parameters THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 60 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder a Select Set Time Series Options b Select a Start Date see Start Date Parameter on page 24 End Date see End Date Parameter on page 17 and Frequency see Frequency Parameter on page 18 For more information see Date and Period Builder on page 212 c Click OK 3 Inthe Save Expression dialog Name box type a name for the expression This name appears in the function call Additionally if you include headers when you export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 the expression this name appears on your spreadsheet To include a description for the expression type it in the Descri
145. content and functionality Some content is not available to all users For information on your entitlements contact your sales representative In this Document This document outlines the general workflow of using each component of Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link so that users can perform their own calculations and models in Excel Detailed workflow information is available in the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Quick Start Guide available from the Business Services Consulting Team at Thomson Reuters or in the F1 help files in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Feedback If you have any comments on this document please contact the Thomson Reuters Business Services Consulting Team at trconsulting thomsonreuters com THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 1 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 1 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Chapter Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link delivers an extensive Thomson Reuters global database of information through a user friendly Microsoft Excel interface It allows you to combine historical and real time data with your own watchlist portfolio holdings information target and assess comparable companies spot trends create sophisticated financial models and streamline your workflows directly in Excel With Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link you can create a report with customized equity tables ownership data Reuters As Reported financial data and charts identify po
146. criteria You can add screening criteria in any order Additionally you can manually add any descriptive element key statistical value or other data After you add all your criteria to the screen you can run the screen in the order you added the criteria reorder them or edit them item or value by clicking and can bypass using Quick List To build a screen 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Screen 2 Select a universe a To select private or public companies select Active Companies Primary Only or Active Companies and then select Public Private or Public and Private THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 135 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder b To select a list of equities select Index Portfolio or Watchlist and type the name for example MyWatchlist5_06302010 or click L to search 3 Select a currency Add commonly used screening criteria in the Quick List or manually add filters with custom criteria see Add Custom Criteria to a Screen Screen Builder on page 138 Commonly used screening criteria in the Quick List include exchange geography sector industry see Add Exchange Geography Sector or Industry through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder on page 137 private equity backing of private companies see Add Whether a Private Company is Private Equity Backed to Screening Criteria Screen Builder on page 137 or key statistics see
147. ction Around an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 or around a selected part of an expression see Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 Add an operator to the expression 7 To add a data item to the end of an expression a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression End of Expression For more information see Building an Expression starting with Data Items THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 57 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 8 To add a data item at the location of the cursor in the Expression box a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Place your cursor in the location within the Expression box that you want the data item to appear c Click the Add to Expression drop down and then click Add at cursor For more information see Build an Expression starting with Data Items see Build an Expression Starting with Data Items Expression Builder on page 53 9 To add additional functions or data items to the expression repeat steps 3 through 8 10 To check the syntax of the expression see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 11 To evaluate the expression see Expression Area see Expression Area Expression Builder on page 62 Set a Parameter for a Function Expression Builder You have several options
148. ctions The EXP function returns the natural log base e raised to the number power Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the natural log to the power of 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa EXP 7 6 FLOOR Mathematical Functions The FLOOR function returns the next integer value that is less than or equal to a specified number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the next integer that is less than or equal to the specified number In this case it brings back the next integer less than 7 6 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 92 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Function Call Sample Formula TF aa FLOOR 7 6 FRAC Mathematical Functions The FRAC function returns the fractional part of a number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the fractional part of the number 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa FRAC 7 6 INT Mathematical Functions The INT function returns the integer portion of a number This function floors the number to the integer value that is less than or equal to the specified number and removes the decimals Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the integer
149. ctions on page 82 intercept REGRSQUARE see REGRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 83 R square REGSLOPE see REGSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 82 slope REGSLOPESTD see REGSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 83 standard deviation REGSTDERR see REGSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 standard error Growth Rate Functions CGR see COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 compound growth rate THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 77 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder RATE see RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 78 growth rate RATEC see RATEC Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 78 correlation coefficient RATED see RATED Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 standard error of the slope RATEE see RATEE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 estimate error RATEI see RATEI Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 79 intercept RATES see RATES Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 80 slope error CORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Correlation function CORREL function returns the correlation of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time Correlation coefficient indicates the strength and direction of a linear r
150. ctions return information about the expression CALCULATION DATE PROPERTY see Calculation Date Property Expression Properties on page 72 calculation date of the expression CURRENCY PROPERTY see Currency Property Expression Properties on page 70 ISO currency of the expression DATE PROPERTY see Date Property Expression Properties on page 70 data date of the expression DESCRIPTION PROPERTY see Description Property Expression Properties on page 71 description of the expression DISPLAY NAME PROPERTY see Display Name Property Expression Properties on page 71 display name of the expression FISCAL PERIOD END PROPERTY see Fiscal Period End Property Expression Properties on page 71 fiscal period end property of the expression NAME PROPERTY see Name Property Expression Properties on page 72 name of the expression STATUS PROPERTY see Status Property Expression Properties on page 73 status of the expression VALUE PROPERTY see Value Property Expression Properties on page 73 value of the expression Currency Property Expression Properties The CURRENCY property returns the currency ISO of the expression F x Currency_Property fx function function You can use this function to return the currency for the selected data item TF MSFT Function Call Sample Formula pop CURRENCY TF PR PriceClose sdate OD Date Property Expression Properties The DATE prop
151. cts to Fit into Word Text Boxes and Tables 1 Inthe Word document click the linked object see Import into Word from Excel Linking on page 164 that is not sizing correctly 2 In Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Size to Fit 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab and click Size to Fit Export from Excel Linking While you are working in a saved Excel workbook you can export charts tables and text from an Excel workbook to a saved PowerPoint presentation a placeholder in a saved Word document or at the cursor of a saved Word document You can link multiple individual non contiguous cells from Excel to PowerPoint or Word into a single text box Export from Excel to PowerPoint Linking From within Excel you can add content and export into a PowerPoint presentation To export from Excel to PowerPoint 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you want to export to PowerPoint 2 In Excel 2003 on the Linking menu click Export 3 In Excel 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab and click Export 4 Inthe Export Excel Object dialog click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the PowerPoint presentation click Open and ensure that you see it in the drop down next to the Browse button 5 To add a new slide to the presentation click New Slide select a pre defined or native slide and click OK 6
152. current year 5 Relative Dates Date Syntax TF PR PriceClose 20060125 TF PR PriceClose 1 2006 TF PR PriceClose 1QCY2006 TF FN Sales 1SCY2006 TF FN Sales CY2006 TF FN Sales 1FQ2006 TF FN Sales 1FS2006 TF FN Sales FY2006 The date specified The month and year specified Price Close at the end of the first calendar quarter of the specified year Semi annual sales for the specified half of the specified calendar year Sales for the specified calendar year Quarterly sales for the specified fiscal quarter and year Semi annual sales for the specified half of the specified fiscal year Annual sales for the specified fiscal year Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link defines specific dates in terms of offsets to other dates most commonly the current date If the starting date is not defined the default is the current date Offsets are defined in terms of or and a time period Time periods are defined in terms of a frequency Below are examples of Relative formats THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 209 OF 235 Chapter 23 Date Syntax ASR gical EE Data Offset The value can represent any date available to the content set Combinations can include any integer with any available frequency to reference the desired date relative to the current date Year is between 1950 and Calendarized EE Calendar Quarter Quarter is 1 4 Year is between 1
153. d however take the FYO Actual Value and the FY1 Mean to create a reasonable proxy for the CY2010 value e Cumulative Interim Sum methodology is for a calendar period or Last Twelve Months LTM It calculates a calendar period or LTM by adding the latest annual fiscal period to the sum of the interim periods to date for the next annual period less the sum of the interim periods to date for the prior year In other words Fiscal Interim stub Latest Fiscal Annual Last Year s Fiscal Interim stub e Interim Sum Blend methodology is for interim data For Last Twelve Months LTM and Calendar Year CY Interim Sum Blend method combines both actual and estimated data for future annual periods when available For NTM Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sums the next 12 months of interim estimates For example Dell Inc 2009 fiscal year ends on January 31 2010 after the period end date Until the last Interim period data is available you can calculate the LTM data value for Quarter reporters as Actual Sales FiO Actual Sales Fi 1 Actual Sales Fi 2 Estimated Sale Fil You can calculate LTM data value for Semi Annual Trimester reporters as Actual Sales FiO Actual Sales Fi 1 Estimated Sales Fil You can calculate the LTM data value for Semi Annual reporters as Actual Sales FiO Estimated Sales Fil To change global level defaults for calendar methodology 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options
154. data arrays For data items with array in their display name StartNum is set to O by default but may be any integer from O to the maximum number of data points available for the date or date range By default Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves only a single data point If more than one data point is available you can retrieve multiple points by setting the EndNum to an integer value of 1 or less If the EndNum is significantly less than the smallest index available this will not affect your results The purpose of these parameters for array items is to prevent Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link from overwriting important data when your worksheet refreshes For Ownership data items For Ownership data items for which you can set StartNum and EndNum type 1 for only the StartNum or EndNum to retrieve the entire dataset up to 8000 the maximum amount allowed for owners Typing a positive number retrieves the relevant output rows and limits the results up to that row For example if you set StarNum to O and EndNum to 2 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves the first three results 0 1 and 2 Typing a negative EndNum gives you all results from the StartNum that you typed For example if StartNum 10 and EndNum 1 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves all results starting from 10 Factor Type Parameter The Factor Type parameter is used with Barra Beta and includes styles industry currency and country Country
155. dates pertaining to Version Notify if an upgrade is available Do not notify about upgrades An upgrade is available for Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link L oe IC cancel Any Change Regional Settings Options Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link allows you to change your regional settings Change Country Settings Options Chapter 17 Options The Country global default is the United States of America You can however change this setting by specifying a country for any ticker without an exchange qualifier The same ticker can be available in multiple countries so if you specify a country preference Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link searches your preferred country first If no data is available Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link searches exchanges from other countries with that ticker Additionally you can specify Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link to retrieve data from only one country and not search beyond that one country To change the country setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Country drop down make a selection THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 191 OF 235 Chapter 17 Options 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Connection Defaults Identifiers Region specific Settings Upda
156. dentials for Authentication area type a user name and password 3 To change the server settings type a server address and portin the Server Connection Details area Do not change the Server or Port settings unless instructed to do so by technical support Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link auto populates this data when you install Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Change Null Tolerance Defaults Options Null Tolerance allows you to specify the maximum percentage of nulls that you want to allow in statistical calculations If the preferred tolerance level is surpassed the results will be null For example if you set a null tolerance of 10 and then take the average of 100 values of which 11 are null your result will be null The Null Tolerance global default is 0 You can however change this setting to another setting from 0 to 100 You can set Null Tolerance only at the global level To change the null tolerance default on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon ude 2 Select Defaults Your current setting appears in the Null Tolerance box 3 Inthe Null Tolerance box type a value from O to 100 Change Reporting State Defaults Options The originally reported value is the value at the time the company first reported it The latest restated account is the value that a company later adjusted for reasons s
157. dology see Methodology Parameter on page 18 Scale see Scale Parameter on page 23 Data Direction see Data Direction Parameter on page 17 Clean up see Clean up Parameter on page 16 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup PAGE 28 OF 235 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 29 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup You can use the Identifier Lookup to look up a public and or private company an equity index a foreign exchange FX rate or an IBES Global Aggregate Look up a Company Equity Index or IBES Global Aggregate Identifier Lookup In Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link you can search for a public company by a number of keywords depending on your entitlements partial or full name ticker Thomson ticker Reuters Instrument Code RIC IBES ticker SEDOL with or without check digit CUSIP with or without check digit ISIN Perm ID Barra ID QA ID permanent ID Worldsope ID Reuters Report Number RepNo Datastream Code Datastream Mnemonic More information in Datastream Country Identification Prefixes on page 39 TKC You can search for equity indexes and private companies by their partial or full names and you can also look up IBES Global Aggregates After you search you can export the results to a worksheet To look up a public and or private company ind
158. e adjacent drop down THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 138 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder To add whether a private company is private equity backed to screening criteria 1 Click Quick List Click E next to PE Backed in the left column Click Yes or No Click OK Click Add to Criteria uk wn Add Key Statistics through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder To add key statistics through the Quick List to screening criteria 1 Click Quick List 2 To use a ticker as a reference point for choosing base values against which you can screen type a ickerin the Comparison Identifier box and press ENTER To look up a ticker see Identifier Lookup on page 29 click A The values for the reference ticker appear to on right side of the Quick List 3 Inthe right column next to a commonly used data item use the drop down to select a condition for example greater than or equal 4 Typea value 5 To change the period of a data item click the down arrow next to the time period in parentheses and click a different period Not all data items have a period and not all data items with a period have multiple choices To add more data items repeat steps 3 4 7 Click Add to Criteria Add Custom Criteria to a Screen Screen Builder You can add custom criteria to your screen including saved custom expressions or screens many data items and all the commonly used criteria in
159. e greatest numeric the greatest possible value ROUND General Functions The ROUND function returns the value of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places F x ROUND number decimals number number the number you want to round the number of decimal places to which Ge PER you want to round the number You can use this function to round a mean estimate to a dollars and cents number Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM ROUND TF ES EPS Mean period 1FY 2 DAYS_BETWEEN General Functions The DAYS_BETWEEN function returns the number of days between two specified dates F x DAYS_BETWEEN any_date_1 _any_date_2 am date any_date_2 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 76 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder You can use this function to calculate the number of days between the date of the 52 week high price and the date of the most recent closing price TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula DAYS _BETWEEN TF PR PriceDate TF PR PriceHighDat e52Wk a Linear Trends amp Growth Rates Linear trend functions return properties of linear regressions for a given function Growth Rate functions return the value of growth rate computation on a range of values Measures of linear regression against time CORREL see CORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 correlation linear regression against time INTERCEPT see INTERCE
160. e the Y variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the X variable is the data items specified in the Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the intercept of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM TF IBM d REGINTERCEPT TF FN Sales period OFQ sdate 0 edate Function Call Sample Formula 19 frq FQ TF FN NetIincome period OFQ sdate 0 edat e 20 frq FQ REGSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression Slope function REGSLOPE returns the slope of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker Slope quantifies the steepness of the regression line between two variables X and Y ina simple linear regression It equals the change in Y for each unit change in X In this case the X variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the Y variable is the data item specified in the Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the slope of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 83 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder TF IBM REGSLOPE TF FN Sales period
161. e 70 76 Date Syntax e 10 13 218 DAYS_BETWEEN General Functions 69 70 80 82 Deactivate Linking Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 187 Delete a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager 169 Delete a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 161 Delete a Screen Screen Builder 151 Delete Broken Links Linking 180 Delete Custom Aggregates My Workbench 192 Delete Expressions My Workbench 191 Delete Rankings My Workbench e 194 Delete Screen Criteria Screen Builder 141 150 Delete Screens My Workbench 191 Delete Subfolders for Watchlists and Portfolios My Workbench 190 Delete Templates My Workbench 193 Description Property Expression Properties e 70 76 77 Disable Function Calls e 200 217 Display Name Property Expression Properties 70 76 77 DOES NOT CONTAIN String Functions e 70 115 116 DOWN_SEQ Statistical Functions e 70 104 105 E Edit a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager 169 Edit a Number Click Thru Audit 211 Edit a Saved Expression Expression Builder 65 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Currency Linking 186 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Date Linking e 186 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Numbers Linking 187 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 184 187 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts with Colors Linking 185 Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts with Thickness of Lines Linking e 185 Edit Indiv
162. e Folders area browse through the folders click one and select a screen 2 Click Delete The screen goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more details see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 Manage Expressions My Workbench Expression Builder is a tool that lets you combine Thomson Reuters data items with analytical functions to create custom expressions For example you can create a statistical function by applying an analytical function to a time series data array or create a custom data item by combining multiple data items To export expressions see Export to Excel see Export to Excel My Workbench on page 184 To create new expressions click New and select Expression The Expression Builder on page 53 launches Create Expression Sub folders My Workbench To create new personal or shared expression sub folders 1 Click New and select Folder 2 Select either Personal or Shared Expressions 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Expressions My Workbench To search for and view expressions 1 Click the Expressions tab in My Workbench 2 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select an expression 3 To search for an expression type all or part of an expression name in the box a Click A b To search for an expression in a specific folder click the icon drop down and cl
163. e Linking Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 on the Thomson Reuters tab in the Linking group click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts 3 Inthe Thomson Reuters Shortcuts dialog clear the check box to the right of the keyboard shortcut s that you want to deactivate 4 To hide the disabled items click Hide Disabled Items 5 When finished close the Thomson Reuters Shortcuts dialog Import or Export Linking Keyboard Shortcuts Linking You can import a list of keyboard shortcuts in XML or export the list of keyboard shortcuts that you have selected The export file is in XML and you can save it anywhere on your network or hard drive To export the list of keyboard shortcuts 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts To edit keyboard shortcuts or their values see Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 3 Cl
164. e Shares column in the row of the appropriate identifier and type the number of shares Select a Base Currency To save the imported portfolio click the date of the portfolio under Holding Statements click ld and see Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist on page 117 Click Close Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist To save a funded portfolio or watchlist 1 After creating see Funded Portfolio Builder on page 115 or importing see Import a Funded Portfolio on page 116 a funded portfolio or creating see Create a Watchlist on page 118 or importing see Import a Watchlist on page 118 a watchlist click ld 2 Inthe Name box type a name 50 characters maximum alphanumeric characters or underscores only no spaces 3 To include a description type it in the Description box 4 To select a security setting make a selection from the Security Level drop down 5 To save in anew folder click New Folder type a name click the triangles to the left of the folders to navigate to the location of the new folder and click the folder in which you want to save the new folder To save in an existing folder click the triangles to navigate to the location of the new folder and click the folder in which you want to save the portfolio 6 Click Save THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 118 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 10 Watchlist Builder Chapter 10 Watchlist Builder You can use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link
165. e a Screen Screen Builder You can delete a screen that you have saved You cannot delete a shared screen or a Thomson Reuters screen To overwrite a screen that you have run but not saved click New in the Criteria area to build another screen To delete a screen 1 In the Criteria area click Open 2 Inthe Open Screens dialog click in the Search box and type all or part of a screen name 3 In Name column click a screen to view its information in the left panel 4 Click Delete 5 Click OK Work with Results Screen Builder After you run a screen you can change the view of the results or export them build a report create a watch list or populate a spreadsheet Save Results as a Watch List Screen Builder To save results as a watch list 1 Runascreen see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 2 Click sd eel If you are prompted click Yes to save the edits to the screen SN 4 Inthe Name box type a name 50 characters maximum alphanumeric characters or underscores only no spaces for your watch list 5 To include a description for your watch list type it in the Description box To select a security setting click Security Level drop down 7 Select a location for your screen or click New Folder type a new folder name select a folder location and click OK 8 Click Close Build a Report from Results Screen Builder You can use the results of a screen to build a more complex report To
166. e function character position The first character is 1 Acceptable parameters include string functions This formula returns the position 1 for the expression Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM CHARPOS 23 2 CONTAINS String Functions The CONTAINS function returns 1 if text appears in the function Acceptable parameters include string functions This formula returns a 1 if the business description for IBM contains the word Billy TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula CONTAINS TF FN BusinessDescription Billy THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 110 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder DOES_NOT_CONTAIN String Functions The DOES_NOT_CONTAIN function returns 1 if text does not appear in the function Acceptable parameters include string functions This formula returns a O if the business description for IBM contains the word Billy TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula DOES _NOT_CONTAIN TF FN BusinessDescription NES LEFT String Functions The LEFT function returns the left most number of specified characters F x LEFT text number text string source string number integer the number of characters to return LOWERCASE String Functions The Lowercase function LOWERCASE coverts all the letters in a text string to lower case The Any String parameter accepts any text string The following function converts all the
167. eaaeeeseaeeeseaeeeseaeeeeseeaeeessaeeseneeeeeeea 184 Export to Excel My Workbench 2 c ccccsscsccccececessssascccenscassscccececscaesauccstucesdassccececucecaesanecsecesanssacdsaesesssaassccsiecesaasscaceeiaeetsnseas 184 Chapter 17 Il dE 185 Change Connection Settings Options ccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeseaeeeseaaeeecaeeeseeaeeeseaeesscaeeescaeeesseaaeeeseeeeesseaeesseaeess 185 Change Null Tolerance Defaults Options s lt ccs2is ecccexeesesns soe sec ceeeeizescens vaasceseseieeacaceadeued sca nenaeseuces ce seesssxesqoriseesaesy ee siecavivensesseethinzexis 185 Change Reporting State Defaults Optionsl tnst EEEE AEAN EEEEEEAN EEEE EEEEAS EEANN EEES EAEEEEES EEEE EEEE 185 Change Calendar Methodology Defaults Options c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseaeeeeseeeeeeseeesseaeeeeeiseeess 186 Contents Change Lookback Defaults Options cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeecsaeeeeceaeeeceeaeeeseaaeeeceaeeeeceeeeeseaeeeseaeeseceeeeeseaeeeseeeees 186 Information Logs el OT 187 Change Identifier Matching Settings Options cccceccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeceaeeeeeaeeescaaeeeceaaeeeseaeeesecaeeeseeeeessneeeeseaeees 187 Change Broker Settinigs Options 22s aascicesssesscccveeedsiesddiad ccsoascuuss duisisascecdaeesdidyasdsciasaecedadsecaedsucacuvdgiaecadadsasnaaaadsscedgasivessieiedidiaddanas 188 View Entitlements Options E 188
168. ect Starts With Contains or Is Exactly Type all or part of a name in the textbox Click Go Select a result from the Search Results box The Constituents section populates based on the result item THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 149 OF 235 MN 212 1 2 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking To sort results by a category other than name click the appropriate column head To reverse the order click the column head again To view or hide index details or identifiers constituent information on the right hand side click the corresponding l To start a new search click New Search Click OK Import a Saved Screen To import a saved screen Au AWN gt Click AT Click Import Saved Screen To search for a screen by browsing click the appropriate folder in the left pane in the Open Screen dialog To search for a screen by name type all or part of the name in the Search box and click the magnifying glass Click to highlight the screen you would like for your report Click OK Build a Watchlist AUN ON Dy Click LI Click Build a New List Click Click to Add Identifiers and Shares Type an identifier for example IBM or MSFT and press ENTER or look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder on page 116 To re sort click a column header to sort by that column Click again to reverse the order To add or delete a row right click the row and click New Row o
169. ed information on date selection and syntax see Date Syntax on page 207 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 9 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup To select the date as of which you want current data e Under Basic Parameters under Date click the arrow in the blank drop down next to As Of and make a selection To select data from the last 7 number of a frequency 1 Under Basic Parameters under Date click the drop down arrow next to Last 2 Type or select a number 3 Click the arrow in the blank drop down and select a frequency More see Learn Frequencies Date Syntax on page 210 or Reset If you select More select a frequency from the Select Frequency dialog and click OK To select a start date end date and or frequency 1 Under Basic Parameters under Date click the drop down arrow next to Start 2 Click the arrow in the blank drop down next to Start Date and make a selection Repeat for End Date and Frequency Formula Bar Data Item Lookup The Formula Bar at the bottom of the Data Item dialog resembles the formula bar found in Excel In the Data Item Lookup the Formula Bar displays the following syntax e Data_ltem Parameters The syntax updates as you select data item categories data items and parameters You can edit the formula displayed in the Formula Bar but the Data Item Lookup does not check for correct syntax fe TF CompanyCountryName D Change Your Output Options Da
170. eeecceeccsssssacececessesaeeceeeeceeassaeeceesesssaseeeeeeens 41 Save a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder int nnnrn rinn A Ana nEnEEA EEEa nn EnEn anneren nananana naene 42 Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder cccccccecceceteeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeeseeaeeecaeeeecsaeeeceeaeeeseaeesseaeeeeceeeesneaeeeeseeeeses 43 Contents Reference a Cell Aggregate Builder ccccccceceesecceeeeeeceseeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeceeaeessesaeeeceeeeeecaeesseaeesecaeeeceaaeesseaeeeseaeeeesseeeeeenaeeeeeaaes 43 Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder cccccccccsssccccccccssssseeeccecceseseeceececscsesseeeceescseseseeeacccecessaasesececcesesaeeeeesecsesesaeaeess 44 Aggregate Types Aggregate Builder cccccccccsssccccccccssssseeceecccesssseeccecececsesseeeccesesessseeceescceseasssecececesesaseeeeceesesesaseeececensnaaaeas 44 Chapter7 Chart Builder iicicccccsccecscteeteiescsaisteaiaaledsachasidnatanlicsaasanidnaiashadaaauaa inaiaslecsdibasiiadiassadsaazaaiinaiassasssaasd 46 Create a Single Equity Price Chart Chart Builder ttt A nant EEEE EASE EEEEEEEANE EEEE EESE EAEE EEES EEEE Ennen 46 Create a Multiple Equity Price Chart Chart Builder nn 47 Create Custom Chart Chart Builder 2 eege EENS EE 48 Create a Total Return Chart Chart Builder 2 25 2 sse0ccesc05 Sites siecesetecestiwesoiseseicieiewagibee este nextens eee wee eee See 49 Create a Shares Traded Analysis Chart Chart Builder n 50 View Chart Numeric
171. een Builder on page 134 run see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 or open see Open a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 a screen 2 Intop half of the display highlight a criterion and click Edit 3 Inthe custom criteria area that appears make edits see Add Custom Criteria to a Screen Screen Builder on page 138 4 Click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 144 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder Delete Screen Criteria Screen Builder You must build see Build a Screen Screen Builder on page 134 run see Run a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 or open see Open a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 a screen before you can delete criteria To delete a criterion 1 Inthe top half of the display highlight a criterion 2 Click X Delete To delete all the criteria 1 Inthe top half of the display click the drop down arrow next to delete 2 Click Delete All Save a Screen Screen Builder You can use a Saved screen as a criterion for another but any screen used as a criterion cannot have any criterion that is a screen For example you can create Screen A using Screen B as a criterion You cannot then use Screen A as a criterion for Screen C because Screen A has a screen B as one of its criterion To save a screen After you build a screen see Build a Screen Screen Builder on page 134 click bi SES In the Name box type a name for your screen To
172. eet Link toolbar click the Options icon TE THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 189 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options 2 Click Entitlements Your entitlements appear checked Connection e2 Specifies the list of entittements for the current user Defaults Identifiers Entitled Features Brokers E cur Current Ratios H Updates J DEF Default J DIM Daily IBES Mean Entitlements W Pi Closing Spot Service TRSL Sg EAR e Closing Forward Service TRSL Regional E es Closing Spot amp Fwd Rates TRSL Display 1 ra Closing Spot amp Hist Rates TRSL J ps Closing Fwd amp Hist Rate TRSL Export Le Intraday Spot Rates TRSL E po Intraday Forward Rates TRSL Resources F ma Intraday Spot Fwd Rate TRSL Z GLA Global Aggregates ICB J HSR Historical Ratios TRSL Z owc Ownership Current 77 OWH Ownership Full F sor ThomsonReutersSlinkAddin F s03 DataltemLookup 3 s04 ProprietaryData E sos RelativeStartDate spe IM Add in EA Le Change Update Settings Options You can modify how often Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link refreshes and stores data and whether to receive notifications of new versions Depending on your company s installation package you may not have the ability to upgrade to a new version To change update settings 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Click Updates 3 To set how long Thomson Reuters Spreads
173. eet from the Select a file drop down If it is not in the drop down click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the file click Open and then select it from the drop down 7 Click the down arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 Click the arrow next to Select Objects and select objects THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 163 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking For more information on standard named ranges see Set Standardized Names see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 9 Ifyou have updated added or removed content in the Excel spreadsheet click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected workbook 10 Click the thumbnail of the object that you want to import 11 If you checked Create Link see Link Options Linking on page 167 select the format that you want for the object when it is in PowerPoint 12 Click Import 13 In PowerPoint view size and position the results Import a Table into PowerPoint from Excel Linking You can import a table from Excel into a PowerPoint slide To create a table in Excel In Excel highlight the cells that you would like to make into a table Press Ctrl l lowercase L Select whether the table has headers 1 2 3 Inthe Create Table dialog confirm or type the cell range 4 5 Click OK To import a table into PowerPoint from Excel 1 Open
174. elationship between two variables In this case one variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the other variable is time The Formula parameter accept a time series data set The following function returns the correlation coefficient of the linear regression of 200 day price of IBM against time A TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula CORREL TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq d COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The COMPOUND GROWTH RATE function returns the constant growth rate per period that causes the initial value to grow to the final value The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the compound annual growth rate of IBM s EPS over 5 years TF IBM Furiction Call Sarnple formula 9 icGRire ENIEPS peried FYO sdate G edate 4 trq F INTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Intercept function INTERCEPT returns the intercept of a simple linear regression of a specific data set against time Intercept is the value of variable Y when variable X is zero in a simple linear regression In this case the Y variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the X variable is time The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 78 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The following function returns the intercept of
175. elect a location for the aggregate or click New Folder type a name for the new folder and click OK Select a security level for the aggregate Click Save om Kw Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder To open a saved aggregate 1 In Aggregate Builder click a SE 2 Click the arrow next to the folder s with the aggregate type 3 Click the aggregate 4 Click OK 5 To make changes see Create a Custom Aggregate 6 To overwrite the saved aggregate with changes click ia sve To save the changed aggregate as a separate Save As aggregate click I save As For more information see Save a Custom Aggregate Reference a Cell Aggregate Builder In Aggregate Builder you can reference a cell containing an aggregate symbol set whether you have saved it or not but you cannot reference the cell of a saved portfolio watch list index or screen When you reference a cell with a saved aggregate set you cannot make changes to that aggregate To make changes to a saved aggregate open see Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder on page 43 it from the Aggregate Builder edit it and then save see Save a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder on page 42 it For example you can open a saved aggregate see Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder on page 43 export it see Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder on page 44 to your spreadsheet and reference the cell that contains the aggregate Once yo
176. ercent change of S amp P 500 TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RCORREL SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 f rq d REGCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression Correlation function REGCORREL returns the correlation coefficient of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker Correlation coefficient indicates the strength and direction of a linear relationship between two variables In this case one variable is the data item specified in the Formula parameter and the other variable is the data item specified in the Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 82 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder reen e The following function returns the correlation coefficient of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM TF IBM REGCORREL TF FN Sales period OFQ sdate 0 edate 1 9 frq FQ TF FN NetIncome period OFQ sdate 0 edate 20 frq FQ Function Call Sample Formula REGINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression Intercept function REGINTERCEPT returns the intercept of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker Intercept is the value of variable Y when variable X is zero in a simple linear regression In this cas
177. ers click one and select an aggregate 3 To search for an aggregate type all or part of an expression name in the box a Click A b To search for an expression in a specific folder click the icon drop down and click Select Folder Browse through the folders and click OK Delete Custom Aggregates My Workbench To delete aggregates 1 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select an aggregate 2 Click Delete The aggregate goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more details see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 Manage Templates My Workbench Templates are customized spreadsheets that include data and formats that make sense to you and your business You can create your own customized templates and upload them to My Workbench where you can add descriptions and permissions accordingly You can then save these templates on Thomson Reuters servers for easy access for you and your colleagues Create Template Sub Folders My Workbench To create new personal or shared template sub folders 1 Click New 2 Select either Personal or Shared Templates 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Templates My Workbench To search for and view templates 1 Click the Templates tab 2 Browse through the template folders in the Templates section open a folder and select a template 3 To search f
178. ers Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Refresh and click Refresh Page A message appears when Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link has finished updating the links When you click Refresh All all source files open and links in the destination presentation or document and only that target destination or document refresh even if they are in multiple Excel files To refresh all the links in the current workbook presentation or document 1 Open the workbook presentation or document 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Refresh and click Refresh All 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Refresh and click Refresh All A message appears when Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link has finished updating the links Set Standardized Names Linking The Import Excel Object dialog in PowerPoint and Word displays all charts Excel tables and named ranges You can also filter on named ranges that match a standardized naming convention You can view all named ranges versus standardized ranges In Excel you can apply standardized names so all items exported from Excel have standardized names and you can filter on them in the Import Excel Object dialog in PowerPoint and Word To create a standardized name for a cell or range in Excel 1 Select at least one cell 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linkin
179. ers and fractions and expressions You can use this function to calculate the inverse sine of a number in radians The function below returns the arc sine for 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa ASIN 7 6 ATAN Mathematical Functions The ATAN function returns the arctangent inverse tangent of an angle in radians between a 2and 2 2 Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the arc tan for 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa ATAN 7 6 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 91 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder CEILING Mathematical Functions The CEILING function returns the next integer value that is greater than or equal to a specified number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the next integer that is greater or equal to the specified number In this case it brings back the next integer greater than the highest price over the last 52 weeks TF AA Function Call Sample Formula CEILING TF PR PriceHighOverRange sdate O0d edate 52aw COS Mathematical Functions The COS function returns the cosine of an angle in radians Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns cosine of 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa COS 7 6 EXP Mathematical Fun
180. erty returns the report date of the data item or the date that the data became public F x Date_Property fx function function THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 71 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder You can use this function to return the date for the selected data item TF MSFT panerian Eat Sarmple Formulae GEERT Description Property Expression Properties The DESCRIPTION property returns the description of the expression top most function or data F x Description_Property fx function function ans a You can use this function to return the description for the selected data item TF MSFT Function Call Sample Formula pop DESCRIPTION TF PR PriceClose sdate 0D Display Name Property Expression Properties The Display Name property returns the display name of the expression top most function F x Display_Name_Property fx function function You can use this function to return the display name for the selected data item TF MSFT Function Call Sample Formula pop pISPLAYNAME TF PR PriceClose sdate 0D Fiscal Period End Property Expression Properties The Fiscal Period End property returns the fiscal period end date of the expression F x Fiscal_Period_End_Property fx THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 72 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder function function You can use this function to retu
181. ession Expression Builder on page 54 or at the location of the cursor in the Expression box see Add a Data Item at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 54 Build an Expression Starting with Analytical Functions Expression Builder As you select or type expressions they appear in the Expression box When you select functions select parameters and add them to an expression When you select data items the syntax appears and updates in the Formula bar below the Data Items and Functions tabs You cannot change functions in the Formula bar You must change functions in the Expression box 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build an Expression 2 Click the Functions tab 3 Locate a function by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 4 Toseta parameter for the function a Inthe Parameters tab of the panel on the right next to the value you want to define type a value or click R click Select Data Item select the data item see Data Item Lookup on page 7 and click OK b Click Add to Expression 5 Add the function to the expression at the location of the cursor see Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 55 at the end of an expression see Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 around an entire expression see Add a Fun
182. et Link toolbar click the Options icon PECH Select Display To set the default color of the numbers you edit in Click Thru Audit click Ar and click a color To select a custom color click More Colors and use the sliders to select a color and opacity Click OK Set Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link when you are viewing a Click Thru document and want to open another always to open a new Click Thru window always to replace the Click Thru document in the window you have open with the new document or always to ask which to do a Toset Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link always to open a new Click Thru document as a new window select New Click Thru documents to be opened in as New Window b To set Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link always to open a new Click Thru document by replacing the document that you are viewing in the current window select New Click Thru documents to be opened in as Current Window c To set Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link to ask you each time you are viewing a Click Thru document and want to open a new document select Always ask me where to open documents from a different Click Thru source THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 196 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options 5 Click OK Connection e2 Change the settings used for display Defaults Identifiers Display Settings Brokers Display Data Item parameter names Updates Edited numbers from Click Thru Audit az
183. eter on page 17 and Frequency see Frequency Parameter on page 18 For more information see Date and Period Builder on page 212 8 Click OK NOU RWN gt THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 62 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Expression Area Expression Builder The Expression area is the top half of the Expression Builder work space Within the Expression area are the Expression box the operator buttons and the toolbar which allows you to undo redo check syntax find and replace text evaluate an expression auto complete an expression or add hyperlinks to functions Expression box Undo iain Redo dien Check Syntax Fe Find and Replace t Evaluate expression BQLeEvaluate THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 The white area at the top of Expression Builder in which you build expressions see Expression Builder on page 53 Click the Undo drop down to undo up to ten of your most recent actions Select 1 Action to undo your most recent action in the Expression box 2 Action to undo your two most recent actions etc Click the Redo drop down to restore up to ten actions that you have undone Select 1 Action to redo the most recent action that you have deleted with the Undo button 2 Action to redo your two most recent undo actions etc If the syntax is correct a box appears with the message The expression syntax is valid If the syntax
184. etpresbkipkecaigktpets dee ee eege ee Ee e eg 168 Set Standardized Names Linking 169 Manage Links LUPIN rasara raed cbc ee edd Seet ee 169 Highlight All the Links in a Presentation or Document Linking 172 Edit Individiial Limks Lim kiting die e ege geesde e Seed ed on cased Ok adic as es dee deed gedd Ce 173 Keyboard Shortcuts Linking oraren scence ERC ed eugenaelscen dis es cava tua das dasedues vs ode eegend ed dE 173 Save a Source Workbooks and Target Presentation or Document to a Zip File Linking 178 Chapter 16 MY Merkbepeh eege EE en NEE ge NEE EN 179 About My Workbench Manage Lists My Workbench c ccsresssigccioracciens shaasscnevetgecaeas canes a ae Ea aaa EAA a aaa aie eaaa anar pART 179 Manage Screens My Workbetich ccszecssiscccssncais cs Ree SEELEN Eege aaa aae aAa aa a aaa Ea a ri e Ea 180 Manage Expressions My Workbench trett Ener EASE EAEN EASEEEEEEEEEAEEEEEEEEESNEEEEEEEEAS EEEE EEES EE EEEE EEEE 181 Manage Custom Aggregates My Workbench tE EAEEEEEEEEANEEEEEEEEEENEEEEEEEES EE EEEEEEES EEEREN EESE E EEEa 181 Manage Templates My Workbench ttt t nSt tE AEEA AEEEEEEEEANEEEEEEEEESEEEEENEEESNEEEEEEEES EEANN EESE E EEEE EEEE EEEE 182 Manage Rankings My Workbench cc ccccesceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeceaeeeeceaeeeecaeeeseaaeeeseaeeeseeaeesecaeeeseaeeeescaeeesecaeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeesieeeeeees 183 Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench c ccccesceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceaeeeeceaeeeeecaeeeseaaeeeseeaeeeceaeeees
185. eviation RSQUARE see RSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 R square linear regression against time RSTDERR see RSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 standard error SIN see SIN Mathematical Functions on page 93 sine SLOPE see SLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 86 slope linear regression against time SLOPESTD see SLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 87 standard deviation linear regression against time SORT_ASCEND see SORT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort ascending SORT_DESCEND see SORT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort descending SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND see SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 97 sort based on order of first function ascending SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND see SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions on page 98 sort based on order of first function descending SQRT see SQRT Mathematical Functions on page 94 square root STATUS PROPERTY see Status Property Expression Properties on page 73 status of the expression STD see STD Statistical Functions on page 102 standard deviation STDERR see STDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 87 standard error linear regression against time STDP see STDP Statistical Functions on page 103 standard deviation of population STRINGLENGTH
186. ew of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 31 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 10 To export an exchange rate to a spreadsheet select the exchange rate and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 11 To look up a different foreign exchange rate click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type FX Rates x Keyword Name y Starts with Euro D Advanced Options Search Results Name e DS Mnemonic From Currency ToCurrency Start Date Euro To Chf Wmr Y76642 EUR CHF 20030715 2 Euro To Uk Ecu History Wmr 504177 XEU GBP 19890512 EI Euro To Uk Wmr 500056 EUR GBP 19571231 Euro To Uk 1M Fwd Wmr 517916 EUR GBP 19961231 Euro To Uk 1W Fwd Wmr 521977 EUR GBP 19971027 Euro To Uk 1Y Fwd Wmr 517925 EUR GBP 19951231 Euro To Uk 2M Fwd Wmr 517918 EUR GBP 19961231 Euro To Uk 2Y Fwd Wmr Y77506 EUR GBP 20040329 Euro To Uk 3M Fwd Wmr 517921 EUR GBP 19951231 Euro To Uk 5Y Fwd Wmr Y77597 EUR GBP 20040329 Euro To Uk 6M Fwd Wmr 517922 EUR GBP 19961231 Euro To Uk 9M Fwd Wmr 521978 EUR GBP 19971027 Euro To Uk O N Fwd Wmr 521975 EUR GBP 19971027 Euro To Uk T N Fwd Wmr 521976 EUR GBP 19971027 Euro To Us Wmr amp ds 500057 EUR usp 19571231 E
187. ex or IBES Global Aggregate 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers 2 From the Entity Type drop down select Public Companies Private Companies Public amp Private Companies Equity Indices or IBES Global Aggregates 3 If applicable select an identifier type from the Keyword drop down 4 Select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly 5 Inthe textbox type all or part of the identifier you chose for example Micro S amp P etc 6 To filter your search further see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup on page 31 Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies see Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Lookup on page 32 Advanced Options for Looking up an Equity Index see Advanced Options for Looking up an Equity Index Identifier Lookup on page 34 or Advanced Options for Looking up an IBES Global Aggregate see Advanced Options for Looking up IBES Global Aggregates Identifier Lookup on page 35 7 Click Show Results THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 30 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 8 If applicable click the arrows in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information 9 To view more information in a pop up select a result right click and click Get Informat
188. f the way you choose for Multi Factor Ranking to treat companies with data items that have a null value For example if you select Exclude the Entity for a null response the final rank for an item with a null response displays the text that you set for null values in Options see Change Error Message Display Settings Options on page 194 You can select a currency for the entire ranking results and also rank the set of results by centile decile quintile or quartile quantiles After you get the results of the ranking you can save the ranking save the symbol list that you created for the ranking and export the ranking into your spreadsheet as a report Build a Multi Factor Ranking You can rank a universe against itself or against an identifier a new or saved list see Watchlist Builder on page 118 of identifiers a portfolio see Funded Portfolio Builder on page 115 an index or a dynamic screen see Screen Builder on page 134 You can have up to 20 lines of criteria in your ranking To build a multi factor ranking 1 From the drop down select an Entity Type 2 Inthe Identifier s box type an identifier or click to look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 import a list on page 122 import a screen see Import a Saved Screen on page 122 or build a list see Build a Watchlist on page 149 This is the universe that you are ranking 3 To rank against another universe select Rank Against a
189. five thickness values Every time you press the keyboard shortcut the value changes according to your selected default order To edit the values and order for thickness in cell and or table borders 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Edit next to the thickness related shortcut that you want to change Remove 3 To remove a thickness selection click it in the Order box and click Repeat if necessary 4 To move a thickness selection back click it in the Options box and click Add 2 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 176 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 5 To rearrange the thickness selections to appear in a different order every time you press the keyboard shortcut click a thickness in the Order box and click Move Up or Move Down Repeat with other thickness selections if necessary 6 To edit the keystrokes see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 7 Click Save Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Currency Linking You can have up to five values for currency Every time you press t
190. frq FQ TF FN NetIncome period OFQ sdate 0 edate 20 frq FQ Function Call Sample Formula RINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative Intercept function RINTERCEPT returns the intercept of a simple linear regression of a specific data set for a ticker against the same data set for another ticker Intercept is the value of variable Y when variable X is zero in a simple linear regression In this case the Y variable is the data item for a ticker specified in the Formula parameter and the X variable is the same item for the ticker specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the intercept of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price percent change of S amp P 500 TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RINTERCEPT SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 19 9 frq d RRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative R Square function RRSQUARE returns the R Square of a simple linear regression of a specific data set for a ticker against the same data set for another ticker R Square also called the coefficient of determination quantifies the proportion of variability of a specific data set that s accounted for by the statistical model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data item for a
191. g menu and click Apply Name In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Apply Name 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Apply Name In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Apply Name If you create a named range from a single cell the range name Linking_Text_X in which X is an incremental number appears on the upper left of the spreadsheet If you create a named range from multiple adjacent cells the range name Linking_Range_X in which X is an incremental number appears on the upper left of the spreadsheet Manage Links Linking After you create links between Excel and PowerPoint or Word you can break links clean up broken links create a report on links lock or unlock links refresh links or redirect links You can do this for a single link or multiple links at one time Break Links Linking Breaking links permanently deletes the connection between Excel and PowerPoint or Word that allows Linking to update or refresh the linked content Breaking the link only removes the link It does not delete any content To break links 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook in which you want to break links THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 170 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Manage Links
192. ge 83 R square REGSLOPE see REGSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 82 slope REGSLOPESTD see REGSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 83 standard deviation REGSTDERR see REGSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 standard error REL see REL Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 returns the function value relative to the symbol RELTD see RELTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis relative to a specified identifier RELX see RELX Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 returns the function value relative to the symbol returned from symbol_fx RIGHT see RIGHT String Functions on page 110 returns the right most characters RINTERCEPT see RINTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 intercept ROUND see ROUND General Functions on page 75 rounds a number to a number of decimal places RRSQUARE see RRSQUARE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 84 R square RSI see RSI Statistical Functions on page 102 Relative Strength Index RSLOPE see RSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 85 slope THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 67 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder RSLOPESTD see RSLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 85 standard d
193. go to the Linking menu point to Import and click Import 4 To import to Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import 5 In Word in the Import Excel Object dialog select the spreadsheet from the Select a file drop down If it is not in the drop down click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the file click Open and then select it from the drop down Click the down arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 7 Click the arrow next to Select Objects and select Tables If you have updated added or removed content in the table in Excel click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected workbook 9 Click the thumbnail of the table that you want to import 10 If you checked Create Link see Link Options Linking on page 167 select the format that you want for the object when it is in Word Tl Click Import 12 In Word view size and position the results Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking If you want to import an object from an Excel worksheet you can perform a quick import of a that object to PowerPoint see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking on page 163 or Word see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking on page 165 using Import Selection and t
194. hapter 7 Chart Builder 9 Toclose the Chart Builder window click Close Entity Type Company gt Identifier s DAL US LUV US UAUA US D e new Help Cago me me RI ze WEA ve Ra Update Chart Export Data Items TF PR PriceClose DAL US LUV US UAUA US Create a Custom Chart Chart Builder A custom chart allows you to access and visually display data for use in further financial valuation of a company You can choose to format single security custom charts as line or bar graph charts Multiple custom charts appear as line charts only You can also view data for every custom chart in a numerical table format After you export a chart to your spreadsheet you can further customize its display by applying all of Excel s powerful chart modifying tools To create a custom chart 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Chart 2 From the drop down select an entity type The entity type you select determines the availability of each kind of chart 3 Inthe Identifiers box type one or more identifiers up to seven separating each with a space or to search for a company see Identifier Lookup on page 29 click the Look Up icon 4 From the Category drop down select Custom 5 From the Types icons select a chart type If you enter multiple identifiers only the Line Chart icon appears For a single identifier select from the following types za Line Cha
195. hat you manage your proprietary data items you can also click New to create a data item See step three to the end of Create Data Items see Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager on page 156 Delete a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager To delete a data item 1 In Proprietary Data Manager click Manage Data In the Search field type all or part of the name of the data item Click to highlight the item that you want to delete or edit Click Delete To close the Proprietary Data Manager click Close ui EF wn Edit a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager To change the name and or split adjustment method of a proprietary data item 1 In Proprietary Data Manager click Manage Data 2 Inthe Search field type all or part of the name of the data item THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 161 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager Click to highlight the item that you want to delete or edit Click Edit Type anew name and or select a different split adjustment type Click Done To close the Proprietary Data Manager click Close Nou Rw Refresh the Values of a Data Item Proprietary Data Manager If you or a colleague add a data item but you do not see it in the list of data items you can refresh the list to see if the data item appears To refresh the values of a data item In Proprietary Data Manager click Manage Data In the Search field type all or part of the name of the data item
196. he content imports as you set your default in Options see Set Default Link Options Linking on page 168 To import a selection of cells and be able to update the content in Word see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel Linking on page 164 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 166 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking To import the current selection of a worksheet into Word from Excel 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you would like to import into Word and highlight the portion that you would like to import Open the Word document to which you want to import the Excel content Create or select a placeholder in the document To import to Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Import and click Import Excel Selection OT Ek bi N To import to Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import Excel Selection 6 In Word view size and position the results Size Linked Objects to Fit into Word Text Boxes and Tables Linking When you import a linked object such as a graph into a text box or table cell in Word and manually resize it sometimes you are not able to size or fit the linked object appropriately If you click Size to Fit Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sizes the linked object to fit the text box or table cell To Size Linked Obje
197. he keyboard shortcut the value changes according to your selected default order If you want to add your own currency format you can type it in your preferred format such as 0 00 or ina native Excel currency or custom format To change the default values and order of the keyboard shortcut for currency 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Edit next to Currency Remove 3 To remove a currency click it in the Order box and click Repeat if necessary gt 4 To add a currency click it in the Options box and click Add Repeat if necessary Add 6 To rearrange the currency selections to appear in a different order every time you press the keyboard shortcut click a currency in the Order box and click Move Up or Move Down Repeat with other currency selections if necessary 7 To edit the keystrokes see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 8 Click Save 5 To add another option type it in the text box click Add click it in the Options box and click Edit Default Keyboard Shortcut Values for Date L
198. heet Link stores cache on data items in the Data Cache Time Frame area type a number of hours and minutes into the hours and minutes spin boxes 4 To have Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link refresh data in real time select Enable real time refresh every and type a number of seconds into the seconds spin box To disable function call updates see Disable Function Calls on page 206 select the check box To make the default calculation mode on page 204 Manual clear the Auto Calculation check box 3 6 7 To clear your data cache click Clear Data Cache 8 To clear your metadata cache click Clear Meta Data Cache 9 To set the notification options for Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link updates in the Version Updates area select Notify if an upgrade is available or Do not notify about upgrades 10 Click Apply to save your new settings or THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 190 OF 235 MN 212 Click OK to save your new settings and close the Options dialog Connection Defaults Identifiers Brokers Updates Entitlements Regional Display Export Mail Logs _ Resources e2 Configure the settings for related to data or version updates Updates pertaining to Data Data Cache Time Frame 1 hours 0 minutes VI Enable real time refresh every 2 S seconds E Disable function call updates T Auto Calculation Clear Data Cache Clear Meta Data Cache Up
199. ick Go 8 After the system has refreshed the links click OK to confirm 9 Click Close Redirect Links Linking In PowerPoint or Word you can click Redirect Group to redirect the source of the links to a different workbook in a grouped selection You can redirect only links that are in the same workbook To redirect a group of links 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook in which you redirect links 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links 4 Make a selection from the Group By drop down and or the Filter By drop down To redirect all the links of one workbook select the workbook with all the links that you want to redirect In this example the user wans to redirect all the links from a workbook called Test Book 5_pie chart xlsx and selected the check box next to it A P Thomson Reuters Linking Test documents Test Book5_pie chart xlsx Lock Group Redirect Group Refresh Group 5 Click Refresh Group After the system has refreshed the group of links click OK to confirm 7 Click Close Highlight All the Links in a Presentation or Document Linking You can highlight all linked objects in a PowerPoint presentation or Word document to provide a quick visual outline of all of the objects that have source file link
200. ick Export 4 Select a location where you would like to save it type a new name for the Shortcuts file optional and click Save THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 178 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking To import keyboard shortcuts that you have saved in XML 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Import 3 Select a location and file name and click Open 4 To overwrite the default keyboard shortcuts with the ones that you imported click Reset All and click Yes to confirm Save a Source Workbooks and Target Presentation or Document to a Zip File Linking You can bundle all of the source files that you have linked to a presentation Linking copies all the associated files and places them into a zip file along with the presentation or document so that the links can be maintained You can use this capability only if you have links in your presentation or document When you click Share to bundle the source files and presentation or document the Share Document dialog offers a file destination You can change the destination for this bundled file at that time or you can set the default destinati
201. ick Select Folder Browse through the folders and click OK Delete Expressions My Workbench To delete expressions 1 Inthe Folders area browse through the folders click one and select an expression 2 Click Delete The expression goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more details see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 Manage Custom Aggregates My Workbench You can create an aggregate based on any specified group of identifiers and calculate data items or expressions for that aggregate This allows you to track groups of securities over time and compare individual securities to peer groups of your choice You can save custom aggregates for later use To export a custom aggregate see Export to Excel see Export to Excel My Workbench on page 184 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 182 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench To create new aggregates click New and select Aggregate The Aggregate Builder on page 41 launches Create Aggregate Sub folders My Workbench To create new personal or shared aggregate sub folders 1 Click New and select Folder 2 Select either Personal or Shared Aggregates 3 Type a unique name in the Name box 4 Click OK Search for and View Aggregates My Workbench To search for and view expressions 1 Click the Aggregates tab in My Workbench 2 Inthe Folders area browse through the fold
202. idual Links Linking 183 Edit Screen Criteria Screen Builder 141 150 151 152 Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 184 185 186 187 Enable or Disable Click Thru 210 Enable or Disable Real Time Data 213 214 215 End Date Parameter 18 27 65 66 67 EndNum Parameter 18 28 Error Logs Multi Factor Ranking e 162 163 EXP Mathematical Functions e 70 95 97 Export Proprietary Data Manager 169 Export from Excel Linking 175 Export from Excel to PowerPoint Linking 176 Export from Excel to Word Linking 176 Export Options to Excel Options 208 Export to Excel My Workbench e 189 190 191 192 193 194 Expression Area Expression Builder 58 61 64 67 Expression Builder 44 57 67 69 155 191 217 226 Expression Properties 69 76 EXPSMOOTH Statistical Functions e 70 104 106 F Factor Type Parameter 19 29 Filter by Custom Expression Screen Builder 147 148 149 Filter by Data Item Screen Builder e 147 148 Filter by Saved Screen Screen Builder 148 Index Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup 7 8 9 45 52 58 60 129 148 156 157 Fiscal Period End Property Expression Properties e 70 76 78 FLOOR Mathematical Functions 71 95 97 Formula Bar Data Item Lookup 10 60 FRAC Mathematical Functions 71 95 98 Frequency Parameter 19 27 65 66 67 221 Funded Portfolio Builder 121 1
203. ies may have different parameters For example in the Corporate Actions category the Current Expected Annual Dividend and Split Factor data items have some different parameters To view a complete list of parameters see the parameters list see Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List on page 15 Basic parameters are those that are required or commonly used As you select data items the Data Item Lookup displays the appropriate function code in the Formula Bar at the bottom of the Data Item Selector area If you are familiar with the function code syntax you can manually edit it in the formula bar see Formula Bar Data Item Lookup on page 10 To set parameters for a data item 1 After locating a data item by category see Browse for a Data Item by Category Expression Builder on page 55 or name see Search for a Data Item by Name Expression Builder on page 54 scroll down and or click Y inthe Parameters tab of the panel on the right to display all parameters 2 Toset parameters for a data item click the drop down next to any of the settings An asterisk denotes required information 3 Toset the date parameter see Select a Date see Select a Date Data Item Lookup on page 9 4 To view detailed information about the data item use the Information Viewer see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 5 Add the data item to the end of an expression see Add a Data Item to the End of an Expr
204. ild an Expression by Typing in the Expression Box Expression Builder 63 Build an Expression from a Saved Expression Expression Builder 65 66 Build an Expression Starting with Analytical Functions Expression Builder 61 65 Build an Expression Starting with Data Items Expression Builder 57 61 65 Build an Expression Using the Auto Complete Option Expression Builder 64 Build Dates Date Syntax 218 Cc Calculation Date Property Expression Properties 70 76 78 Calculation Mode 200 215 226 Calendar Parameter 17 30 CASE String Functions 70 114 115 CEILING Mathematical Functions 70 95 97 Cell Format and Click Thru 211 Change Broker Settings Options 199 Change Calendar Methodology Defaults Options 197 Change Connection Settings Options 196 Change Country Settings Options 201 Change Criteria after Running a Screen Screen Builder 152 Change Currency of Values after Running a Screen Screen Builder 152 Index Change Currency Settings Options e 17 152 203 Change Display Settings for Click Thru Audit Options 206 207 211 Change Error Message Display Settings Options e 154 205 Change Exchange Calendar Settings Options 17 203 Change Fiscal Calendar Settings Options 204 Change Identifier Matching Settings Options 198 Change Input Date Settings Options 202 Change Language Settings Options 203 Change L
205. ility Functions on page 68 pull data from fx1 then for all null data pull from fx2 then for all null data pull from fx3 etc AVG see AVG Same as MEAN Statistical Functions on page 99 average of fx CALCULATION DATE PROPERTY see Calculation Date Property Expression Properties on page 72 calculation date of the expression CASE see CASE String Functions on page 109 capitalizes the first character in each word CEILING see CEILING Mathematical Functions on page 91 ceiling CHARPOS see CHARPOS String Functions on page 109 returns the character at the given position THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 65 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder COMPOUND GROWTH see COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 returns the constant growth rate per period CONTAINS see CONTAINS String Functions on page 109 returns 1 if given text is found within the string CORREL see CORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 correlation linear regression against time COS see COS Mathematical Functions on page 91 cosine COUNT see COUNT Statistical Functions on page 99 non null values of count CURRENCY PROPERTY see Currency Property Expression Properties on page 70 ISO currency of the expression DATE PROPERTY see Date Property Expression Properties on page 70 data date of the expression DAYS_BET
206. ime you press the keyboard shortcut the value changes according to your selected default order To edit the values and order for shortcuts with color changes 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Edit next to the color related shortcut that you want to change Remove 3 To remove one of the five set colors click a color in the Order box and click Repeat if necessary 4 To add one of the set colors click it in the Options box and click Add gt Repeat if necessary 5 To add a custom color click O or follow the instructions click Apply and click Done 6 Torearrange the color selections to appear in a different order every time you press the keyboard shortcut click a color in the Order box and click Move Up or Move Down Repeat with other colors if necessary 7 To edit the keystrokes see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking on page 175 8 Click Save Edit Default Keyboard Shortcuts with Thickness of Lines Linking You can change the cell border thickness or the table border thickness You can select up to
207. importing from a text txt file select a delimiter 6 Select whether the first row contains column names 7 Select whether the symbols represent their value as of the date associated with them 8 Ifthe content in the Data Preview is not the content you want or the format is not valid adjust the source file and click Reload File 9 If the content in the Data Preview is the content you want and the format is valid click Next 10 If the Preview shows an error adjust the source file click Reload File and click Next 11 If the Validation shows an error right click the error row a To exclude that row only click Exclude Row b To exclude all rows with errors click Exclude All Error Rows c To replace the symbol click Set Symbol and search in the Symbol LookUp Window see Symbol Lookup Proprietary Data Manager on page 160 12 Click Next 13 If you cannot confirm all the information click Back If you confirm that the information is correct click Next 14 Click Done 15 To add another proprietary data item or to add other values for the same data item for example daily weekly or monthly repeat all the steps above 16 To close the Proprietary Data Manager click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 160 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager Search for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager You can search for a proprietary data item when you are importing data
208. include a geographical region To add geographical region to a screen SJ Add 1 In Screen Builder click THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 141 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder x H ll Joel 2 Click RN 3 Point to Add Basic Descriptive Items and click Region From the left box select a region you would like to include or exclude in your screen To select multiple regions hold the CTRL key while clicking regions Click L gt gt _ 5 6 To exclude the your selections select Exclude these Region 7 Click OK 8 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 9 Click OK Add Key Statistics to a Screen Screen Builder While you are adding other custom criteria to a screen you can add key statistics These are also available through the Quick List see Add Commonly Used Items to Screening Criteria on page 137 To add key statistics to a screen SJ Add 1 In Screen Builder click L H ll olz 2 Click EE 3 Point to Add Basic Key Statistics and click a key statistic or point to a key statistic category and click a period 4 To add a different key statistic or data item click More on page 142 5 Click the arrow next to the greater than gt sign and click a condition for example greater than or equal to 6 In the field on the right
209. ing View the Properties of an Individual Link Linking 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook with the link with properties that you want to view 2 Click the link In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Link Properties 4 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Link Properties 2 5 Make changes to the link click View Source to view the source of the link or click OK Cut Copy or Paste a Link in a Word document Linking You can cut copy and paste links in Word documents but not in PowerPoint presentations To cut copy or paste a link in a Word document 1 Open the Word document or source Workbook with the link with properties that you want to view 2 Click the link 3 In Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Cut Link or Copy Link 4 In Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Cut Link or Copy Link Click on a slide or in the document where you want to paste the Link In Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Paste Link 7 In Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Paste Link 8 Save the presentation or document au Keyboard Shortcuts Linking
210. inking You can have up to five values for date Every time you press the keyboard shortcut the value changes according to your selected default order If you want to add your own date format you can type it in your preferred format such as mm dd yyyy or in a native Excel date format To change the default values and order of the keyboard shortcut for date 1 In Excel 2003 go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Shortcuts In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Shortcuts 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Shortcuts In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Shortcuts Click Edit next to Date Remove 3 Toremove a date click it in the Order box and click Repeat if necessary 4 To add a date click it in the Options box and click Add gt Repeat if necessary 5 To add another date option type it in the text box click Add click it in the Options box and click Add 6 To rearrange the date selections to appear in a different order every time you press the keyboard shortcut click a date in the Order box and click Move Up or Move Down Repeat with other date selections if necessary THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 177 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 7 To edit the keystrokes see Edit the Keystrokes of Default Keyboard Shortcuts see Edit the Keystrokes of
211. ion 10 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 Tl To export a company to a spreadsheet select the company and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 12 To start anew search click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type Company EN Keyword Company Name gt Starts with sl Best P Advanced Options Search Results Company Name Thomson Ticker QAID Rep No BarraID Ticker Country SEDOL POM BRS i1 E TT E A Best Board Ltd IND POST Best Bridal Inc 2418 TO BEST JPNGWI1 383567 JPN B030Y3 Best Buy Drugs Inc USABPP2 BBDR USA BOSQZT Best Buy Inc BBY US BBY USABPQ1 BBY USA 209467 Best Consult Nv 001293 BEL BOSLH4 Best Corp Ltd NZEADX1 NZL 609805 Best Cut Limited BCH JO INTE SAFCHT1 BCH ZAF 630018 Best Denki Co 8175 TO BEST JPNCZI1 383560 JPN 609818 Best Eastern Hotel BESTEAST BY BEST INDFIT1 508664 IND B1VQHP Best Eneray Services Inc BEYS U HYBK BEYS USA B23SLN Best Friend Techno 5321 OT YETIE1 TAIASV1 5321 TWN 698403 Best Investment Co BN4 FF BESTIS ENK DEU B1TQYQ Best Nv 013489 BEL BOSWMS Best Of Internet BELAPF1 BESB BEL 594717 Best Of Media FRA BOSPLL X 51 Identifiers 1 Selected Feu S Security Q Quote Look up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Looku
212. ion is the simple linear regression of the data item specified in the Formula parameter against the data item specified in the Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard deviation of slope of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM TF IBM REGSLOPESTD TF FN Sales period OFQ sdate 0 edate 19 frq FQ TF FN NetIincome period OFQ sdate 0 edat e 20 frq FQ Function Call Sample Formula THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 84 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder REGSTDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Regression Standard Error function RSTDERR returns the standard error of a simple linear regression of two different data items for the same ticker Standard error quantifies the accuracy to expect from a statistical model In this case the statistical model is the simple linear regression of the data item specified in the Formula parameter against the data item specified in the Formula 2 parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The Formula 2 parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard error of the linear regression of 20 quarter net income of IBM against 20 quarter sales of IBM TF IBM REGSTDERR TF FN Sales period OFQ sdate 0 edate 1 9
213. ions 48 71 100 101 Information Logs Options e 198 INT Mathematical Functions 71 95 98 INTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 71 82 84 K Keyboard Shortcuts 183 225 Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 183 L Lag Parameter 19 30 Learn About Creating a Time Series Data Item Lookup 13 Learn Frequencies Date Syntax 10 13 221 Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup 7 8 9 10 45 52 58 60 129 148 156 157 159 LEFT String Functions 71 115 116 Linear Trends amp Growth Rates e 69 82 Link Options Linking 172 174 175 176 177 Linking 171 List of Default Keyboard Shortcuts Linking 183 LN Mathematical Functions 71 95 98 Lock or Unlock Links Linking 180 LOG Mathematical Functions 71 95 99 Logical Functions e 69 93 Look up a Company Identifier Lookup e 13 49 Look up a Company Equity Index or IBES Global Aggregate Identifier Lookup 31 Index Look Up a Data Item e 155 156 162 Look Up Constituents Constituent Lookup 5 Look up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup 32 41 Look Up Identifiers e 44 45 48 57 64 127 128 129 130 154 155 160 162 Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder 121 122 123 124 125 156 LOWERCASE String Functions 71 115 116 M Make Data Item Selections Chart Builder 49 51 52 Make Data Item Selections for a Custom Report Report
214. ith Results see Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking on page 153 7 To export your screen click Export To customize the export see Customize your Export see Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking To generate a ranking 1 Build see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 or open see Open a Saved Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 152 a ranking 2 Click Show Results 3 Click Ranking Criteria E 4 To display the results differently or export them see Work with Results see Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking on page 153 5 To export your ranking to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export see Customize Your Export see Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 6 To reset all options click D New THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 153 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Delete a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking You can delete a ranking that you have saved You cannot delete either a shared ranking that you did not create or a Thomson Reuters ranking To overwrite a ranking that you have run but not saved click New in the Ranking Criteria area to build another ranking see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 To delete a ranking In the Ranking Criteria area click Open In the Open Ranks dialog click in the Search box and type all or part of the name of a ra
215. iwan Thailand Turkey United Kingdom United States Venezuela Zimbabwe THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup TW TK no prefix U or V Zl PAGE 41 OF 235 Chapter 6 Aggregate Builder Chapter6 Aggregate Builder You can create an aggregate based on any specified group of identifiers and calculate data items or expressions for that aggregate This allows you to track groups of securities over time and compare individual securities to peer groups of your choice You can save custom aggregates for later use The only entity you can use to build aggregates is a company The Entity drop down displays this entity type and you cannot change it Create a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder To create a custom aggregate of time series data 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu Excel 2003 point to Build and click Build an Aggregate On the Thomson Reuters tab Excel 2007 or 2010 click Aggregate in the Build group In the Aggregate Set area select the Create Aggregate option button Specify the identifiers see Specify Identifiers Aggregate Builder on page 42 to include in your aggregate Select a weighting method see Weighting Methods Aggregate Builder on page 42 AE N Select or type the null tolerance 0 100 for the aggregate upon export The null tolerance that you set here applies to the aggregate as a whole and overrides the null tolerance gl
216. king see Save a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 151 Click Show Results For more information on working with results see Work with Results see Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking on page 153 To export your screen click Export To customize the export see Customize your Export see Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 Look Up Identifiers To select identifiers oR wn gt OND 10 Click A I Click Select an Identifier From the adjacent drop down select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly In the textbox type all or part of the dentifieryour chose for example Micro To filter your search further see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup on page 31 or Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Lookup on page 32 if applicable Click Show Results If applicable click the arrows in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information Click Add When you are finished adding constituents click Close Import a List To import a list Nou RWhD gt Click LZ Click Import Saved List From the Search drop down select a search type From the Keyword drop down sel
217. l Culation Mode ezugfusfeegeesgg eg e eege dee steessvisuuiestsastedestsstedestastvessv svidestantedestestedsdtastvcd 204 Chapter 22 Work Offline or Disable Function Cas ee 205 Use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link While Offline 2 c cece eee ee eee e eee e eee e eee e ee eeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaea 205 Disable FunctiOn e 206 Chapter 23 REI 207 About Dates Date Syntax Build Dates Date Syntax Absolute Dates Date Syntax 208 Relative Dates Date Syntax 208 Learn Frequencies Date Syntax 210 Date and Period Builder ccccccccccccccc cece cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeesacesecasesesasasacacaeacecesaseseesaaaaaaaaaaasaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa 212 Chapter 24 Keyboard Short Saaidi araia aa araroa eege 214 Chapter 25 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Consulting Services and SUpport ssssssssssnsusnnnnnnnnnnnne 217 Contents About this Document About this Document Intended Readership The Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link User Guide teaches new users and those who recently upgraded to Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link version 2 3 how to use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link so that they can combine historical and real time data with their own portfolio holdings information and also target and assess comparable companies spot trends create sophisticated financial models and streamline the pitch book creation process directly in Excel You must have entitlements for some
218. l Defaults Options To change global level defaults for logging details 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Click Defaults 3 Select the information you would like in logs regarding Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link performance 4 Click OK Open Log Folder or Send Logs Options To send a message with Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link information logs 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Onthe bottom left click the arrow next to Mail Logs and click Mail Information Log 3 Inthe e mail that opens with the attached log type an e mail address in the To line and optionally additional textin the body 4 Click Send To open the logs folder and view all the logs 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon ude 2 On the bottom left click the arrow next to Mail Logs and click Open Logs Folder Change Identifier Matching Settings Options Your identifier matching setting specifies the order in which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link matches identifiers when you type them directly into a worksheet If Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not find a match for the first type of identifier you select such as a ticker the system then tries to use the next listed source such as a CUSIP to match the identifier The order that you set the sources reflects the order that the system checks for a match
219. lick Get Information From the Export As drop down select a type of identifier Click OK Import a Funded Portfolio To import a funded portfolio 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Funded Portfolio 2 Click Import THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 117 OF 235 MN 212 di 10 TL 12 13 Chapter 9 Funded Portfolio Builder To import from a workbook that you have open highlight the range of cells with the items for the import select Workbook Range in the Import Portfolio dialog click DI confirm the range of cells or type column letter row number of the starting cell of the range column letterSrow number of the final cell of the range for example A 1 5A 58 and click D again To import from a saved file select File click select the appropriate file and click Open Click Next If importing a range select whether to include the header row or not If importing a list from a txt file select a file type a lf selecting a delimited file type select a delimiter and starting row b If selecting a fixed width select a starting row Click Next To edit your portfolio or watchlist use the buttons on the toolbar to include items exclude items or update identifiers or click TE to look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder on page 116 Click Import To add or change the number of shares double click the cell in th
220. lick Import Saved List see Import a List on page 122 To use a Saved screen e Click P Lx and click Import Saved Screen see Import a Saved Screen on page 122 Reference a Cell Report Builder To reference a cell 1 click LAT 2 Select Reference a Cell THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 122 OF 235 MN 212 3 Chapter 11 Report Builder On the spreadsheet click the cell with the identifier that you want The starting cell appears in the text box of the cell reference dialog 4 Inthe cell reference dialog click Ge Look Up Identifiers To select identifiers oR WN OND Click LG Click Select an Identifier From the adjacent drop down select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly In the textbox type all or part of the dentifieryour chose for example Micro To filter your search further see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup on page 31 or Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Lookup on page 32 if applicable Click Show Results If applicable click the arrows in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information Click Add 10 When you are finished adding constituen
221. ll name e ticker e Thomson ticker e BES ticker e SEDOL with or without check digit e CUSIP with or without check digit e ISIN e Perm ID e BarralD e QAID e permanent ID e Worldsope ID e Reuters Report Number RepNo e Datastream Code e Datastream Mnemonic More information in Datastream Country Identification Prefixes on page 39 e TKC After you search you can export the results to a worksheet To look up a company 1 From the Keyword drop down select an identifier type From the adjacent drop down select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly In the textbox type all or part of the identifier you chose for example Micro WN To filter your search further see Advanced Options for Looking up a Company see Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup on page 31 Click Show Results If applicable click the arrows in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and click Get Information PNA Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 13 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup 9 To look up a different company click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type Company EN Keyword Company Name v Starts with b Best P Advanced Options Search Results C
222. lls Al 12 and request an array of data that fills cells Al A10 the new data overwrites or refreshes data that previously populated cells A1 A10 but the previous data remains in cells A11 A12 If you do not make a clean up selection Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link defaults to clean up for arrays but not for a single value Cleanup 1 or Yes for Arrays This setting does not appear in the Parameters tab but does appear in the Export As dialog when you are exporting data to a spreadsheet If you accept the default setting Cleanup 1 does not appear in the function call Enumerations O No clean up 1 Clean up for arrays but not for a single value 2 Clean up for arrays or single values Currency You can reflect all monetary values of a data item in different currencies You can set the currency in which you want to view all monetary values in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link in Options see Change Currency Settings Options on page 192 but setting the currency parameter overrides the global option setting on a data item level THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 16 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Data Direction Parameter Data Direction sets the items on your spreadsheet to populate with the time series going down or the time series going across If you do not specify a direction the default is for the time series to go down This setting does not appear in the Parameters tab but does appear in the
223. m an Excel workbook You can link multiple individual non contiguous cells from Excel to PowerPoint or Word into a single text box You can also import charts tables and text from Excel into a PowerPoint slide or onto a placeholder or the cursor location of a Word document Before you import you must decide whether you want to import part of the contents of an Excel worksheet such as a selection of cells or an object on a worksheet such as a graph or chart onto the PowerPoint slide or Word document and whether you want to be able to edit the content in the target application If you want to import an object from an Excel worksheet you can perform a quick import of a that object to PowerPoint see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking on page 163 or Word see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking on page 165 using Import Selection and the content imports as you set your default in Options see Set Default Link Options Linking on page 168 Alternatively you can import objects from an Excel worksheet while retaining the ability to update the content either in the target application or in Excel To do so see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel Linking on page 162 or Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel see Import a Chart Text Gra
224. m by category see Browse for a Data Item by Category Expression Builder on page 55 or name see Search for a Data Item by Name Expression Builder on page 54 or in the Analytic Lookup box choose a function by browsing by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or searching by keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 5 Click OK Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder You can search for a function by keyword whether you know the complete name of the function or only the first few letters of the name THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 58 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder To search you simply begin typing any part of the name of a function As you type the filter tool produces a list of functions that closely match the name of the function you are typing From that list you can select the function you want To search for a function by keyword 1 Inthe Functions tab in the Item box begin typing any part of the name of a function 2 Toview the name of each result click the Name View icon in the Item area 3 To view the codes for each result click the Code View icon in the Item area 4 Select a function from the list of results in the Item area 5 To set the parameters for the function see Set a Parameter for a Function see Set a Parameter for a Function Expression Builder on page 57 6 T
225. m consensus functions are based on the previous estimate to see whether the current estimate is up or down The previous window asks how many calendar days Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link should look back from the first estimate to find the previous estimate The Window parameter finds the first estimate within that number of days From that number of days Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link looks back for the next estimate using the Prev Window parameter THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 22 OF 235 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup The data items that use the Prev Window parameter are TF ES SALES CustomNumEstsRsd SALES Custom Summary of Estimates Raised and TF ES SALES CustomNumEstsLwd SALES Custom Summary of Estimates Lowered for all measures Reporting State Parameter The Reporting State parameter provides allows you to change the type of financial report state you are looking to retrieve For example you can view the financial statement data item on a restated basis or an originally reported basis The restated reporting state shows the original value when a restated value is not available for a specific period Enumerations rstd Restated Value Data as of the original filing date orig Originally Reported Data as of the original filing date Roll Periods Parameter You can use the RollPeriods parameter when you request time series data for a relative period The RollPeriods paramete
226. mat where within this range the closing prices occurred If you choose to display all the closing prices in five THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 51 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder bins equal segments you might find that for 48 of the days closing prices occurred in the high end of the range within the 30 40 to 31 10 sector A shares traded analysis chart contains a bar graph breakdown of the price range and optionally a cumulative percentage of volume line You can also view data for every shares traded analysis chart in a numerical table format After you export a chart you can customize its display by applying all of Excel s powerful chart modifying tools To create a shares traded analysis chart 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Chart 2 From the drop down select an entity type The entity type you select determines the availability of each kind of chart 3 Inthe Identifiers box type an identifier or to search for a company see Identifier Lookup on page 29 click the Look Up icon 4 From the Category drop down select Shares Traded Analysis 5 Inthe Data Items area select the number of bins you want from 3 to 10 6 To remove the cumulative volume line clear the TF PR VolumeDaily and TF PR VolumeCumulative check boxes 7 To reset the relative time frame change the title of the chart add labels to the x and y axes or remove the legend click Time Frame
227. meter on page 20 parameter which determines by what content Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sorts the output of the function If you do not explicitly define the Sort Direction parameter the default value is Bottom D Available values for Sort Direction include the following e Top A e Bottom D Split Type Parameter The Split Type parameter SplitType allows you to specify whether historical Pricing formulas should calculate prices as stock split adjusted stock split and spin off adjusted or unadjusted By default Split Type is set to Split Adjusted SplitAdj Enumerations SplitSpinAdj Stock split and spin off adjusted SplitAdj Stock split adjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted for stock splits or spin offs Start Date Parameter Together the sdate start date edate end date and freq frequency parameters are used to return time series data Sdate and edate define a time period over which data is returned Each may be defined as either a relative or absolute date The frequency at which data is returned is defined by the freq parameter StartNum Parameter The StartNum Start Number and EndNum End Number parameters are required of all data items that return a variable number of data points for a given date or date range This includes detail estimate data items and data items containing array in their display name For detail estimate data items For detail estimate data items StartNum and
228. meters using Hyperlinks see Modify Parameters using Hyperlinks Expression Builder on page 57 For more information about assigning parameters to functions see Set a Parameter see Set a Parameter for a Function Expression Builder on page 57 See Mathematical Operators on page 112 for a list and description of available operators Customize Your Export Expression Builder After building an expression you can click Export to export the expression to Excel You can customize your export and set your defaults for future exports to Excel Export options differ by component To customize your export of an expression to Excel 1 After building an expression see Expression Builder on page 53 click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 Click the Export drop down and choose Export As 3 Select Identifier Type Calculation Type Layout Output Headers and Clean Up criteria from the appropriate drop downs 4 Select if you would like to keep these settings as defaults when exporting data 5 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 64 OF 235 Chapter 8 Expression Builder 6 Click OK to export to Excel Export the data in Expression Builder as Enter Identifier IBM 2 Calculation Type Function cals zl Layout Do
229. mpany see Identifier Lookup on page 29 click the Look Up icon 4 From the Category drop down select Total Return 5 Toreset the relative time frame change the title of the chart add labels to the x and y axes or remove the legend click Time Frame amp Labels To select a different color scheme for your chart click an icon 7 To view the changes to your chart click Update Chart To export the chart and its numeric data table to Excel click Export For more information on how to customize the export see Customize Your Export on page 52 9 Toclose the Chart Builder window click Close Entity Type Company Identifier s DAL US LUV US UAUA US pe new Help Category mee kl Color Scheme WEA view kal a 140 TF PR TotalReturnRaw Dec 08 Jan 09 Feb 09 Mar 09 Apr 09 May 09 Jun 09 Jul 09 Aug 09 Sep 09 Oct 09 Now 09 Update Gat Create a Shares Traded Analysis Chart Chart Builder A shares traded analysis chart presents an analytical breakdown of where daily closing prices fell within the range of high and low closing prices over a period of time This is not a sequential display but one that shows the allocation of closing prices within a given range For example if in the last 60 days shares of a company for example MSFT traded between a high of 31 10 to a low of 26 40 the price range would be 4 70 A shares traded analysis chart would show you in a bar graph for
230. mpersand opening parenthesis closing parenthesis THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 159 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manager EAR N backslash slash period Import Values for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager You can import data from an Excel xls or xlsx comma separated value csv or text txt file The delimiter in a text file can be a tab comma space semicolon or user defined delimiter When you finish creating a data item it appears in the Proprietary Data Manager dialog in the Data Item field The lt gt File Format box of the Proprietary Data Manager dialog displays the requisite columns values order and format for that type of data item The file that you import must have the required columns in that order and format Close files before you import them After you import values for a data item you can use that data item and set parameters for it in Data Item Lookup on page 7 To import values for a data item 1 In Proprietary data manager create see Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager on page 156 or search for see Search for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager on page 160 a data item 2 Click Browse 3 Browse for the Excel xls or xlsx comma separated value csv or text txt file that contains the values that you want to associate with that data item and click Open 4 Click Next 5 If you are
231. mple Micro S amp P etc 1 Click y Advanced Options To include or exclude at least one country of exchange in your search next to Country of Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking NO countries e cick E d Click OK 8 To include an index family in your search click the ellipsis the the field next to Index Family a From the left box select an index family To select multiple index families hold the CTRL key while clicking countries b Click OK 9 Click Show Results 10 To hide the Advanced Options and expand the Search Results area click amp Advanced Options F 11 Change the view of the results see Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup on page 38 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 35 OF 235 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 12 To view more information in a pop up select an index right click and click Get Information 13 To export an index to a spreadsheet select it and click Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 To customize your export see Customize your Export see Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup on page 38 14 To look up a different index click New Search Search Criteria Entity Type Equity Indices x Keyword Starts with e FTSE P Advanced Optio
232. n More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 To set a parameter for the data item see Set Parameters for Data Items After locating a data item by name or category click the Parameters tab in the right column of Data Item Lookup To locate a data item by category iE 2 From the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Item area click a data item To set the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 To locate a data item by name 1 2i 3 In the Item box type a full or partial data item name In the Category area click a category that has a positive number of results in parentheses To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Item area select a data item To set the parameters for the data item see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item L
233. nd type the identifier against which to rank or click to look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 import a list on page 122 import a screen see Import a Saved Screen on page 122 or build a list see Build a Watchlist on page 149 If you do not select a universe against which to rank then Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link ranks the universe that you are ranking against itself 4 From the drop down select a Quantile for the universe against which you are ranking 5 From the drop down select a Statistic Currency 6 Under Data Item Expression click Click to Add Criteria THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 148 OF 235 MN 212 10 Ti 12 18 14 15 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Click the drop down arrow and click Look up a Data Item on page 149 or Build an Expression see Expression Builder on page 53 To assign a weight other than 1 click the cell in the Weight column and type a new weight 1 100 and press Enter The percentage updates To change the order from bottom to top or vice versa click the cell in the Order column and select Bottom or Top from the drop down To set how Multi Factor Ranking handles data that returns a null value click the cell in the Handling Null Data column and make a selection Add up to nineteen more lines of criteria To delete a line of criteria right click the line and click Delete To save the ranking see Save a Ran
234. ndar Parameter The calendar parameter reflects data based on the calendar of a specific exchange based on a five day calendar or based on a seven day calendar For example if you trade on the London exchange and want the pricing data requested to be returned with dates that correspond to United Kingdom exchanges you can change your calendar preference to United Kingdom exchanges You can set the calendar globally in Options see Change Exchange Calendar Settings Options on page 192 but setting the calendar parameter overrides the setting in Options for the data item you have selected If you do not specify this setting the calendar reflects a five day calendar This only applies when the frequency is daily D for trading days in a time series data request Clean up Parameter Clean up overwrites either a single cell of data or an array of data items with new or refreshed data It also deletes all populated cells adjacent to the new array including data that belonged to the prior array until it reaches a blank cell For example if you request an array of data in cells A1 A10 and Clean up overwrites or refreshes data that previously populated cells A1 A12 Clean up overwrites the data in A1 10 with the new data and deletes the data in cells A11 A12 If you do not want clean up the new data overwrites the data currently in the cells but any existing data in adjacent cells remains For example if you have data in ce
235. ndard deviation THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 68 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder WSTDP see WSTDP Statistical Functions on page 107 weighted standard deviation of population WVAR see WVAR Statistical Functions on page 108 weighted variance WVARP see WVARP Statistical Functions on page 107 population weighted variance XOR see XOR Logical Functions on page 88 operates only if one of two values matches ZERO AVAILABLE see Zero Available Availability Functions on page 69 replaces NULL value with 0 Availability Functions Availability functions pull available data and replace NULL values or strings AV see AV Availability Functions on page 68 available pulls data from fx1 and then for all null data pulls from fx2 and then for all null data pulls from fx3 etc TEXT AVAILABLE see Text Available Availability Functions on page 69 replaces NULL string with provided string ZERO AVAILABLE see Zero Available Availability Functions on page 69 replaces NULL value with 0 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 69 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder AV Availability Functions The AV function checks whether an if_condition is True and if so returns a then_value If the if_condition is False it returns an else_value It conducts conditional tests on values and formulas There may be any number of if_condition and then_value p
236. ne see Work Offline or Disable Function Calls on page 205 Status n Sync d see Work Offline Status sy or Disable Function Calls on page 205 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 217 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 25 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Consulting Services and Support Chapter 25 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Consulting Services and Support As a Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link subscriber you have access to the Thomson Reuters Business Services Consulting team Consultants can help you create unique high end proprietary models designed specifically for your investment approach Additionally consultants can provide you with comprehensive on site training and superior ongoing support For support issues contact the Business Services Consulting team at trconsulting thomsonreuters com or use the following telephone numbers Americas 1877 8775435 Europe Middle East and Africa 44 870 787 6846 Asia Australia 0011 800 2535 9108 Hong Kong 852 2535 9108 Japan 0120 555 358 Singapore 001 800 2535 9108 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 218 OF 235 MN 212 Index 1 1 Day Sum Parameter 20 28 A About Dates Date Syntax 218 About My Workbench 189 About this Document 1 ABS Mathematical Functions 69 95 Absolute Dates Date Syntax 219 Access Click Thru 210 ACOS Mathematical Functions 69 95 96 Add a Data Item at the Cursor Expres
237. nking In Name column click a ranking to view its information in the left panel Click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion Click OK An AWN gt Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking After you build see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 and generate see Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 152 a multi factor ranking you can change the view of the results change the currency of the results export the results to a spreadsheet save the results as a watchlist or save the ranking In order to see the results you must collapse the Ranking Criteria by clicking Ranking Criteria Save Results as a Watchlist Multi Factor Ranking While you are saving a ranking as a watchlist the Multi Factor Ranking box closes If you want to keep the ranking that you just generated Thomson Reuters recommends that save the ranking first Additionally if you want to export the ranking see Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking on page 154 to your spreadsheet you must do so before you save the ranked symbols as a watchlist To save results as a watchlist 1 Generate a ranking see Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 152 2 To generate a watchlist of fewer rows than the complete list of results highlight the row or rows that you would like to save as a watchlist 3 Inthe Results area click the down arrow next to Save to List 4 Click All Rows or Selected Rows 5 To save see Sa
238. ns Search Results Name Thomson Ticker Ticker Country Ftse Fledgling Gbp NST BR Ftse Asean 40 FA40 KU GBR E Ftse Xinhua China 25 Index XINO FT FXTK_IDX USA Ftse 100 Index UKX FT UKX GBR Ftse 100 Index Euro GBR Ftse 100 Life Insurance GBR Ftse 100 Non Life Insurance GBR Ftse 100 Gbp 000998185 CHE Ftse 100 X uk DEU Ftse 250 sh GBR Ftse 250 Nc GBR Ftse 250 Pe GBR Ftse 250 Xa GBR Ftse 250 X eq In sh GBR Ftse 250 Deg In Nc GBR Ftse 250 Deg In Pe GBR Ftse 250 Den In Tr GBR Ftse 250 Deg In Xa GBR Free PEN Ev Truactmant Camnanice Tsch raD 254 Identifiers 1 Selected ges Advanced Options for Looking up IBES Global Aggregates Identifier Lookup To look up IBES Global Aggregates using advanced options 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers 2 From the Entity Type drop down select IBES Global Aggregates 3 If applicable select an identifier type from the Keyword drop down 4 Select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly 5 In the textbox type all or part of the identifier you chose for example Micro S amp P etc 6 Click y Advanced Options 7 To include a Base Date in your search click the ellipsis in the field next to Base Date a From the calendar select a date b Click OK 8 To include or exclude at least one country in your search next to Country select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left bo
239. nt or presentation The report includes source information destination information and the state of each link with multiple sub categories in each of those three areas When you generate a link report it opens an Internet browser window and displays all the links between the workbook and the presentation or document To generate a report on all the links in a workbook document or presentation 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation Word document or source Workbook for which you want to generate a report on links 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Manage Links In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Manage Links 3 In PowerPoint Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Manage Links In Excel 2007 or 2010 in the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click Manage Links 4 Atthe bottom of the Managed Linked Content dialog click Generate Link Report 5 After viewing the report in the browser window click Close at the bottom of the Managed Linked Content dialog Lock or Unlock Links Linking You can lock or unlock multiple links at once You cannot refresh or redirect locked links but you can unlock the group to refresh or direct the links If you want to lock some links and unlock others you must first select either the links that you want to lock or the links that you want to unlock and either lock or unlock those links
240. nvdets estieieeebeastvedteenecd es 144 TREK ENT TE TE 144 Contents Delete a Screen Screen Builder tna ntr Ennn AAAA EEE EAEE AEE EEEE EAA SEEE EEEE EAESEN EEEa ESEE nanne annene nna 145 Work with Results Screen Builder tanan nnrE EAn nASn EEEn AE Ennn nanne nnn n nananana ennnen 145 Customize Your Export Screen Builder c cccccccccsssssccesececseseeecceccsesueececececceaseeccececesasseeeceesesessusecececeusnsaeeeceeecessstsseeeeeens 146 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking EEN WU ee ET e EEN Save a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 151 Open a Saved Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 152 Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 152 Delete a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking 153 Work with Results Multi Factor Ranking 2 2220 sss sesesccec SEENEN EISEN EeEEEENEEEENNEEEENENEENEEEEe SEENEN EEEENEEEEEENNEEEeC own E 153 Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking 002 EEEAEEE ENKER ENEE NEEN EES deneae oeenesLoeuneseaneessinaereyaeoees 154 Chapter 14 Proprietary Data Manage iis cccccccecceseecececiescnccctecedecdescnnabatecatecdescencectucedesdeenttectecedestencatec 156 Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager Manage Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager 160 Export Proprietary Data Manager 161 Chapter 15 LINKING WE 162 Import and Export Content Linking sek ccccc secsdecssas ices daccaccsoesansiscesasccsseesaesscitsaacaaaatavesiecsasaiediuasaniqadsceigi basaneduasddeaghacdaavaazerdiaiadesaey 162 R
241. o calculate a time series of cumulative year to date price percent changes for a security Emain eene Fone A DEXTD TF PR PriceClose sdate OCY edate OD frq D REL Relative amp Value Functions The REL function returns the value of fx relative to the symbol This function allows you to compare your security for example IBM to another security for example GOOG Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions This formula returns the relative value of IBM sales to MSFT sales THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 96 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM REL msft TF FN Sales RELTD Relative amp Value Functions The RELATIVE TO DATE function converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis beginning at zero on the start date and relative to a specified identifier F x RELTD base_identifier number_array identifier number_arr ay You can use this function to calculate a time series of cumulative year to date price percent changes for a security relative to Microsoft RELTD MSFT O EE TF PR PriceClose sdate OCY edate OD frq D RELX Relative amp Value Functions The RELX function returns the value of fx relative to the symbol returned from symbol fx symbol fx must be a symbol returning fx This function allows you to compare your security for example IBM to a list
242. o view detailed information about the a data item right click the data item select Get Information scroll to view information and click Close 7 Click Add to Expression To export the expression to an Excel spreadsheet click Export To customize your export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 9 Add the function to the expression at the location of the cursor see Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 55 at the end of an expression see Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 around an entire expression see Add a Function Around an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 or around a selected part of an expression see Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder on page 55 Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder Expression Builder organizes functions by category and allows you to browse the categories to search for functions To select a function by browsing categories 1 Inthe Functions tab in the Category panel click the arrow next to All Functions to expand the list of categories 2 Select a category For more information on the categories or functions see Analytical Functions on page 64 Ww In the Item area select a function 4 Inthe Values area set parameters marked with an asterisk for the function see Set a Parameter for a Function Expression
243. obal default that you set in Options see Change Null Tolerance Defaults Options on page 185 6 To add a data item or build an expression for your aggregate set click pan in the Item Set area and click Select Data Item see Select Data Item Aggregate Builder on page 42 or Add Expression see Expression Builder on page 53 7 Select an aggregate type see Aggregate Types Aggregate Builder on page 44 and if necessary type or look up a single identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 and or type or select value 0 9 999 to which you would like your index to rebase 8 To save the aggregate click sel Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not save the expression data item or aggregate type with the aggregate 9 To export the results to a spreadsheet click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder on page 44 Entity Type Company v Aggregate Set 25 Open izi Save Il Save As Help Create Aggregate Identifier s Search pr Reference a cell Weighting Method Equal Dollar D Null Tolerance 0 TFAggSet TFSYMBOLSET EqualDollar nullTolerance 0 Item Set Item Sea pe Aggregate Type Actual Values e New THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 42 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 6 Aggregate Builder Specify Identifiers Aggregate Builder To include a list of known identifiers in
244. ogging Detail Defaults Options 198 Change Lookback Defaults Options 197 Change Null Tolerance Defaults Options 44 196 Change Output Date Settings Options 202 Change Regional Settings Options 201 Change Reporting State Defaults Options 196 Change Results Display Multi Factor Ranking 162 Change Results Display Screen Builder 152 Change Statistic Currency Settings Options 203 Change the View of the Results Identifier Lookup 14 32 33 34 36 37 39 40 41 Change Update Settings Options 200 215 Change Your Output Options Data Item Lookup 11 CHARPOS String Functions e 70 114 115 Chart Builder 49 226 Clean up Parameter 17 30 Click Thru 210 215 227 COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 70 83 84 Constituent Lookup 5 225 CONTAINS String Functions 70 115 CORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 70 82 83 COS Mathematical Functions 70 95 97 COUNT Statistical Functions e 70 104 105 Create a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder 44 Create a Custom Chart Chart Builder 51 Create a Funded Portfolio 121 Create a Multiple Equity Price Chart Chart Builder 50 Create a Shares Traded Analysis Chart Chart Builder 54 Create a Single Equity Price Chart Chart Builder 49 Create a Total Return Chart Chart Builder 53 Create a Watchlist 123 124 Create Aggregate Sub folde
245. ompany Name Thomson Ticker QAID RepNo BaralD Ticker Country SEDOL b Best amp BSTCR BY 1 500046 IND 614 H Best Board Ltd IND BOSBTL Best Bridal Inc 2418 TO BEST JPNGWI1 383567 JPN B030Y3 Best Buy Drugs Inc USABPP2 BBDR USA BOSQZT Best Buy Inc BBY US BBY USABPQ1 BBY USA 209467 Best Consult Nv 001293 BEL BOSLH4 Best Corp Ltd NZEADX1 NZL 609805 Best Cut Limited BCH JO INTE SAFCHT1 BCH ZAF 630018 Best Denki Co 8175 TO BEST JPNCZI1 383560 JPN 609818 Best Eastern Hotel BESTEAST BY BEST INDFIT1 508664 IND B1VQHP Best Energy Services Inc BEYS U HYBK BEYS USA B23SLN Best Friend Techno 5321 OT YETIE1 TAIASV1 5321 TWN 698403 Best Investment Co BN4 FF BESTI3 BN4 DEU B1TQYQ Best Nv 013489 BEL BOSWMS Best Of Internet BELAPF1 BESB BEL 594717 Best Of Media FRA BOSPLL v 51 Identifiers 1 Selected Key S Security Q Quote Reference Identifiers by Cell Before Exporting Data Item Lookup To reference identifiers by cell before exporting a data item 1 Inthe Identifiers section click the Search button Al 2 From the drop down select Reference a Cell The Data Item Lookup dialog collapses into a cell reference dialog E Data Item Lookup A 18 1 With the cell reference dialog open click a cell on an Excel spreadsheet 2 Inthe cell reference dialog click the icon 6 Customize Your Export Data Item Lookup You can customize your export and set your defaults for future expor
246. on 6 To change the default to Manual calculation mode see Change Update Settings see Change Update Settings Options on page 189 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 205 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 22 Work Offline or Disable Function Calls Chapter 22 Work Offline or Disable Function Calls If you disconnect from your network server you can still work offline in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link with cached data When you reestablish your connection Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link synchronizes your work with fresh data You can also work online but disable function calls so that they do not refresh or recalculate Use Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link While Offline You can work with cached data in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link while you are disconnected from your network server Additionally you can save objects such as screens and expressions to your Personal folder in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link while you are disconnected from the network server When you reconnect to the network server Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link synchronizes your work with the network server Work with Data in Cache Mode If you are working online in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link and then disconnect from your network server the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar or ribbon shows that you are working in cache mode When you are in cache mode Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not update data but it does allow you to
247. on Builder RATES Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Rate Slope function RATES function returns the slope of the regression of growth rate against time RATES returns the slope of the regression used to calculate least squares growth rate LnXt a btt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth rate r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the slope of the regression used to calculate average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATES TF FN EPS period FYO sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY RCORREL Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative Correlation function RCORREL returns the correlation coefficient of a simple linear regression on the same data item for two different tickers Correlation coefficient indicates the strength and direction of a linear relationship between two variables In this case one variable is the data item for a ticker specified in the Formula parameter and the other variable is the same item for the ticker specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the correlation coefficient of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price p
248. on Reuters content including by framing or similar means is prohibited without the prior written consent of Thomson Reuters Thomson Reuters and the Thomson Reuters logo are registered trademarks and trademarks of Thomson Reuters and its affiliated companies MN 212 Date of issue 13 July 2011 For more information visit thomsonreuters com Or contact us at thomsonreuters com business_units financial
249. on in Options To bundle and zip source files with your presentation or document 1 Open the presentation or document 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu and click Share 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Share 4 View the Linked Workbooks and the destination for the bundled file To change the destination of the bundled file click Browse navigate to and select a folder and click Save Click OK If Linking detects broken links you can click Fix Links or Ignore Broken Links nau 7 If you click Fix Links the Manage Links see Manage Links Linking on page 169 dialog opens When the system is finished fixing links click Close and repeat steps 2 5 To set the default destination for bundled files 1 Open the presentation or document 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Options 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Options 4 Under Bundle Location click Browse select a folder and click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 179 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench Chapter 16 My Workbench My Workbench is a file management system where you can view copy move and delete files About My Workbench My Workbench is offered for three different features within three different ta
250. onstituents Name Ticker Count Asof 8 20 2010 fis Dow Jones Country Titans Australia DICTAU 30 al Dow Jones Country Titans Canada DICTCA 40 EI Details a Dow Jones Country Titans France DICTFR 30 Base Currency United States Dollar Dow Jones Country Titans Germany DICTDE 30 Description Dow Jones Industrials Dow Jones Country Titans Hong Kong DICTHK 30 e Dow Jones Country Titans Italy DICTIT 30 Identiers Caut 30 R Dow Jones Country Titans Japan DXCTJP 100 Company Name Thomson Ticker Shares Dow Jones Country Titans Korea DICTKR 30 3M0 MMMN 0 Dow Jones Country Titans Malaysia DICTMY 30 ALCOA INC AA N 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans Netherlands DJCTNL 30 AMERICAN EXPRESS CO ANEN 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans Singapore DJICTSG 30 AT amp T INC T N 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans South Africa DJCTZA 30 H BANK OF AMERICA COR BAC N 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans Spain DICTES 30 BOEING CO BA N 1000 E Dow Jones Country Titans Sweden DICTSE 30 CATERPILLAR INC DEL CAT N 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans Switzerland DJCTCH 30 CHEVRON CORP NEW CVX N 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans Taiwan DICTTW 30 CISCO SYS INC 1000 Dow Jones Country Titans United Kin DJCTGB 50 COCA COLA CO KO N 1000 DOW JONES GLOBAL ISLAMIC Aust DI AA 114 DISNEY WALT CO DIS N 1000 DOW JONES GLOBAL ISLAMIC New DI AN 10 DU PONT EIDE NEMOU DD N 1000 DOW JONES GLOBAL ISLAMIC Slov DI DV 4 EXXON MOBIL CORP XOM N 1000 Dow Jones Industrials DOW 80 GENERA
251. ookup on page 8 To set parameters for a data item click the drop down next to any of the settings An asterisk denotes required information Previous Calendar Interim CI 1 Current Calendar Interim CIO Previous Calendar Year CY 1 Current Calendar Year C 0 Previous Fiscal Interim FI 1 Current Fiscal Interim FIO Previous Year FY 1 Current Year PO Last Twelve Months LTM More Cell Reference Parameter Select Data Item Reset THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 151 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Select Parameter Cell Reference Parameter Select Data Item Reset Drop down items may include the following items e Quick Picks Commonly used parameters at the top of the drop down that you can click to choose e Select Parameter Allows you to enter a value through the Date amp Period Builder see Date and Period Builder on page 212 or a Select Parameter Value dialog Select Parameter Value Currency Filter Afghanistan afghani AFN Albania lek ALL Algeria dinar DZD Angola kwanza readjustado 404 Argentina peso AR5 Armenia dram AMD Aruba guilder AWG Australia dollar AUD Austria schilling 47S Azerbaijan manat AZM Bahamas dollar BSD Bahrain dinar BHD Bangladesh taka BDT Barbados dollar BBD Belarus ruble BYR Belgium franc BEF Belize dollar B2D Bermuda dollar BMD Bhutan ng
252. or a template type all or part of a template name in the box a Click A THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 183 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 16 My Workbench b To search for a template in a specific folder click the icon drop down and click Select Folder Browse through the folders and click OK Upload Templates My Workbench To upload templates 1 Click Upload 2 Type a location in the box or click the File icon to browse for a template 3 Type a unique name and description in the appropriate boxes Template names must be different from List and Screen names 4 Click Upload Delete Templates My Workbench To delete templates 1 Browse through the template folders in the Templates section open a folder and select a template 2 Click Delete The template goes into the Recycle Bin for 14 days before being permanently deleted For more information see Use the Recycle Bin see Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench on page 184 Manage Rankings My Workbench Rankings are a ranked set of entities based on your specified criteria To export rankings see Export to Excel see Export to Excel My Workbench on page 184 To create new rankings click New and select Rank The Multi Factor Ranking Builder see Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 launches Create Ranking Sub folders My Workbench To create new personal or shared ranking sub folders 1 Click New and select Folder 2 Select either Personal or
253. or when you are making a change to a proprietary data item To search for a data item to add data to it 1 In Proprietary Data Manager click Import Data in the left navigation pane 2 Inthe Data Item field type the name of a data item 3 Click to select aname To search for a data item to delete it change the split adjustment type or overwrite values 1 In Proprietary Data Manager click Manage Data 2 Inthe Search field type all or part of the name of the data item 3 Click to highlight the item that you want to delete or edit Symbol Lookup Proprietary Data Manager 1 Inthe Symbol Lookup Window select whether you want to search by symbol issuer company or issue name full name of stock 2 Inthe Search for field type the symbol issuer or issuer name for which you want to search 3 Make a selection from the Search Type drop down 4 Toinclude a type of identifier in you search make a selection from the Identifier drop down 5 To include a date as of which the symbol was valid click the calendar in As of Date and select a date 6 Click p 7 Select the result that you want to include in your spreadsheet 8 Click OK Manage Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager After you create data items see Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager on page 156 you can delete them change their names or split adjustment method or refresh the list of all proprietary data items In the same place t
254. orkbook that you have open highlight the range of cells with the items for the import select Workbook Range in the Import Portfolio dialog click DI confirm the range of cells or type column letter row number of the starting cell of the range column letter row number of the final cell of the range for example A 1 5A 58 and click D again To import from a saved file select File click select the appropriate file and click Open THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 119 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 10 Watchlist Builder 4 Click Next 5 If importing a range select whether to include the header row or not 6 If importing a list from a txt file select a file type a lf selecting a delimited file type select a delimiter and starting row b If selecting a fixed width select a starting row 7 Click Next 8 To edit your portfolio or watchlist use the buttons on the toolbar to include items exclude items or update identifiers or click Ai to look up an identifier see Look Up Identifiers Funded Portfolio Builder on page 116 9 Click Import 10 To save the watchlist click WM and see Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist on page 117 Tl Click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 120 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder Chapter 11 Report Builder In Report Builder you can create multiple kinds of reports e Custom reports based on one or more public and or priva
255. ort Builder on page 132 Specify Identifiers Report Builder Ownership To include a known identifier e Inthe Identifier box type an identifier To search for an identifier for your report e Click LZ and then Select an Identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 To reference a cell for your report Entity Type Company x Identifier s TRI pr Custom Ownership 1 Ren Help Global Parameters a Owner Type All Shareholders X Period s Available Selected 4QCY2009 Alz Most Recent Keren CJ Las 2QcY2009 Rank All Top by Pos for period Most Recent Data Items a OF Add 2 2 D oo dl Data Items Expression El TF oP HoldingsDate 13 Data Items 0 Selected 13 Checked a cese _ e Click e and click Reference a Cell see Reference a Cell Report Builder on page 121 Make Data Item Selections for an Ownership Report Report Builder To make data item selections in the Ownership tab of Report Builder 1 Inthe data items area select or clear the checkboxes next to the ownership data items you would like to include in your report 2 To add data items in the Data Items area click the Add button a From the Data Item Categories list select data items from the various categories To search for a category click the Search icon type a keyword and select search crite
256. ory the Current Expected Annual Dividend and Split Factor data items have some different parameters To view a complete list of parameters see the parameters list see Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List on page 15 Basic parameters are those that are required or commonly used As you select data items the Data Item Lookup displays the appropriate function code in the Formula Bar at the bottom of the Data Item Selector area If you are familiar with the function code syntax you can manually edit it in the formula bar see Formula Bar Data Item Lookup on page 10 To set data item parameters 1 After locating a data item by category see Browse by Category Data Item Lookup on page 7 or name see Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup on page 8 scroll down and or click wl in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right to display all parameters 2 Toset parameters for a data item click the drop down next to any of the settings An asterisk denotes required information 3 To set the date parameter see Select a Date see Select a Date Data Item Lookup on page 9 4 To view detailed information about the data item use the Information Viewer see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 5 To export the data item click Export To customize your export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Data Item Lookup on page 14 Select a Date Data Item Lookup For detail
257. ou are in Manual calculation mode the value displays Manual Calculation While you are in Manual calculation mode you can refresh selected cells the active worksheet or the entire workbook After you refresh the items that displayed Manual Calculation change to the updated values Additionally when you are in Manual calculation mode the Click Thru on page 199 and Real Time see Enable or Disable Real Time Data on page 202 buttons in the toolbar are disabled If Click Thru is on when you switch to Manual calculation mode you can continue to access the Click Thru Viewer when you are in Manual calculation mode The default calculation mode is Automatic When you save a workbook that is in Manual calculation mode no values update To turn off Automatic calculation mode 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu or tab click Automatic Calculation to disable it 2 To refresh a cell or multiple cells while in Manual calculation mode highlight the cells go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Selected Cell s 3 To refresh the active worksheet while in Manual calculation mode go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Active Worksheet 4 To refresh the entire workbook while in Manual calculation mode go to the Thomson Reuters menu point to Refresh and click Refresh Entire Workbook 5 To return to Automatic calculation mode go to the Thomson Reuters menu and click Automatic Calculati
258. p 31 35 128 155 Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup 14 31 33 128 155 Advanced Options for Looking up an Equity Index Identifier Lookup 31 36 Advanced Options for Looking up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup e 33 39 Advanced Options for Looking up IBES Global Aggregates Identifier Lookup e 32 38 Aggregate Builder 44 192 226 Aggregate Types Aggregate Builder 44 47 Align Type Parameter 16 28 Analytical Functions e 63 64 66 69 AND Logical Functions 70 93 94 Apply an Identifier to a Data Item 13 ASIN Mathematical Functions 70 95 96 ATAN Mathematical Functions 70 95 96 AV Availability Functions e 70 74 75 Availability Functions e 69 74 AVG Same as MEAN Statistical Functions e 70 104 105 B Break Links Linking 179 Breakpoint Reports Multi Factor Ranking 162 163 Brokers Parameter 16 28 Browse by Category Data Item Lookup 7 8 10 15 64 Browse for a Data Item by Category Expression Builder 57 59 60 62 Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder 57 59 61 62 63 Build a Multi Factor Ranking 154 159 160 161 162 Build a Report from Results Screen Builder 152 Build a Report with a Single Data Item 138 Build a Report with Financial Statements 137 Build a Screen Screen Builder 140 149 150 151 153 Build a Watchlist 154 156 160 Bu
259. p In Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link you can search for the codes for historical and forecast foreign exchange FX rates and export them to a spreadsheet You can search by exchange rate name for example US DS mnemonic source currency target currency or base date You can use this information to convert financials at different rates to period end rates This information can help reflect income statement revenue received throughout a financial period It can also offer insight into where the market believes FX rates to be in the future thus giving a more accurate perception of future revenue flows To look up foreign exchange FX rates 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers 2 From the Entity drop down select FX Rates 3 From the Keyword drop down select Name Datastream Mnemonic Source Currency Target Currency or Base Date 4 From the adjacent drop down select Starts with Contains or Is Exactly 5 In the textbox type all or part of the exchange rate name for example US Japanese euro etc or the Datastream mnemonic 6 To filter your search further see Advanced Options for Looking up Foreign Exchange Rates see Advanced Options for Looking up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup on page 37 7 Click Show Results To view more information in a pop up select an exchange rate right click and click Get Information 9 Change the view of the results see Change the Vi
260. p on page 12 or referencing cells on an Excel spreadsheet see Reference Identifiers by Cell Before Exporting Data Item Lookup on page 14 4 Inthe Item box type a full or partial data item name Gi In the Category area click a category that has a positive number of results in parentheses 6 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 7 Inthe Item area select a data item To set the parameters for the data item see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 9 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 10 To export the data item drag and drop it into your spreadsheet or click Export To customize your export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Data Item Lookup on page 14 Set Parameters Data Item Lookup You can set the parameters for any data item Parameters with an asterisk denote required information All parameters are grouped into Basic Parameters Advanced Parameters and Settings and vary according to data item category For example data items in the Descriptive Information category have different parameters from data items in the Financials category In addition data items within specific categories may have different parameters For example in the Corporate Actions categ
261. p down and then click Add at cursor Add an operator see Mathematical Operators on page 112 to the expression To add additional data items to the expression repeat steps 3 through 5 To apply a function to the data item locate the function by category or keyword OO ND Add the function to the expression at the location of the cursor see Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder on page 55 at the end of an expression around an entire expression or around a selected part of an expression 10 To check the expression syntax see Expression Area 11 To evaluate the expression see Expression Area 12 Click OK Reorder Screen Criteria Screen Builder After you add descriptive key statistic or custom criteria to your screen you can reorder them Screen Builder screens in the order that you choose finding all the entities from your universe that fit the first criterion in the list then the second criterion etc To reorder your screen criteria 1 Build a screen see Build a Screen Screen Builder on page 134 Move Move Down 2 Inthe top half of the display highlight a criterion and click i Up or to reorder Edit Screen Criteria Screen Builder After you add descriptive key statistic or custom criteria to your screen you can edit the criteria before or after you run the screen Alternatively you can open a saved screen edit it and run it To edit screen criteria 1 Build see Build a Screen Scr
262. page 132 Tl Under Formats click Layout 1 or Layout 2 12 To export a data table to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export options see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Report Builder on page 132 Build a Report with a Single Data Item You can create reports using a Reuters As Reported financial data item To build a report with a single Reuters financial data item 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Report THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 132 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder 2 Select an Entity Type 3 Specify your identifier s on page 121 4 Inthe As Reported tab in the Data Items area select Data Item 5 To search for a data item click the down arrow next to the magnifying glass click Lookup Data Item and select a data item on page 142 6 Select a time frame see Select a Time Frame for your Report Report Builder on page 132 7 Under Formats click Layout 1 or Layout 2 8 To export a data table to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export options see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Report Builder on page 132 Select a Time Frame for your Report Report Builder You can select a single period or time series time frame for your Reuters As Reported fundamental data item report To select a time series for your report 1 Inthe As Reported tab of Report Builder under Time F
263. page 18 For more information see Date and Period Builder on page 212 Click OK Optional Add data items mathematical operators on page 112 and or analytical functions on page 64 To save the new expression see Save an Expression Expression Builder on page 59 click d Nous To export the expression to Excel click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Expression Builder on page 63 Set Time Series Parameters for Expressions Expression Builder All expressions saved or unsaved use the underlying syntax and parameters that you have set on the data items within the expression see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 The time series signature in Expression Builder applies to items in the expression for which you have not set an absolute or relative start date end date or frequency and that support time series parameters If you do not save an expression as a time series expression you cannot change the time series for a single export To set start date end date and frequency parameters for an expression In Expression Builder click ES In the Folders area browse through the folders open a folder and select an expression Click OK Click Parameters In the Expression Parameters box view the current parameters and click EJ Select Set Time Series Options Select a Start Date see Start Date Parameter on page 24 End Date see End Date Param
264. part of the number 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa INT 7 6 LN Mathematical Functions The LN function returns the natural logarithm of a number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions F x LN number number number the natural logarithm of the number The function below returns the natural logarithm of the number 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa LN 6 6 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 93 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder LOG Mathematical Functions The LOG function returns the base 10 logarithm of a number F x LOG number number number the logarithm value to the base you specify PERCENT_CHG Mathematical Functions You can use this function to calculate the percentage change in price between two periods for example YTD Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions Ge a This formula returns the percent change for the price of Dell from the most recent price to 1 1 2007 TF DELL Function Call Sample Formula PERCENT_CHG TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 TF PR PriceCl ose sdate 20070101 POW Mathematical Functions The POW function returns the result of a number raised to a power Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions This function returns sales for IBM squared Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM POW
265. pdates follow steps 1 4 and clear Disable Function Call Updates THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 207 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 23 Date Syntax Chapter 23 Date Syntax Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link provides a powerful date engine that allows you to retrieve data at a single date or a series of dates A series of dates is defined by a start date an end date and a frequency for which the data should be returned You can specify or define either a specific date or a date relative to another usually the current date Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link provides many options for defining dates and a multitude of frequencies When you request data Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link first calculates the date for the requested data If the date is a specific date no conversion is necessary If the date is not a specific date the system converts it to a specific date If the request is for a series of data the system calculates the remaining dates by offsetting the start date with the frequency for all points within the start and end date range In a time series data request the order of the data retrieved is determined by the order of the start and end dates If the end date occurred after the start date the data is retrieved in ascending chronological order If the end date occurred before the start date the data is retrieved in descending chronological order About Dates Date Syntax You can reference dates as start dates
266. pe from the Types icons MI Candle Stick Chart lii Hi Lo Close Chart ia Line Chart 6 Click Data Items to view and if possible make data item selections e You cannot change data items for a Candle Stick chart e For a Hi Lo Close chart the daily high low and closing prices are selected by default but you can remove the daily volume by clearing the option button and you can add one data item see Make Data Item Selections Chart Builder on page 49 by selecting the Add option button e Fora Line chart closing price is selected by default but you can remove daily volume by clearing the TF PR VolumeDaily check box 7 To reset the relative time frame change the title of the chart add labels to the x y or 2nd y axes or remove the legend click Time Frame amp Labels 8 To select a different color scheme for your chart click an icon 9 To view the changes to your chart click Update Chart 10 To export the chart and its numeric data table to Excel click Export For more information on how to customize the export see Customize Your Export on page 52 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 47 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder Tl To close the Chart Builder window click Close Entity Type Company D Identifier s IBM P 3 Ken Help Categor el e Elle oorsee A ve Ria Data Items TF PR VolumeDaily TF PR PriceOpen TF PR PriceHighDaily TF PR PriceLowDail
267. ph or Named Range into Word from Excel Linking on page 164 and select to import the selection as embedded content Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into Word from Excel Linking You can import charts tables numeric values and text from Excel into a Microsoft Word document You can import objects or select cells from Excel If you create a placeholder in Word for the object you can replace the content in that exact place of the document later To import objects from a worksheet into Word from Excel 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you want to import into Word In the Excel worksheet name a range see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 Open the Word document to which you want to import the Excel content To insert a placeholder in a Word 2003 document go to the Linking menu and click Insert Placeholder vk wn To insert a placeholder in a Word 2007 or 2010 document go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Insert Placeholder D To import to Word 2003 on the Linking menu point to Import and click Import N To import to Word 2007 or 2010 in the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import 8 In Word in the Import Excel Object dialog select the spreadsheet from the Select a file drop down If it is not in the drop down click Browse and in the Select File dialog browse for the file click Open and then selec
268. portfolio holdings More detailed breakdown of Investor Type such as Pension Fund or Holding Company City in which investor is located Country in which investor is located Name of owner The percent of total shares outstanding that an investor holds of a company It is calculated by dividing the investor share position in a company by the adjusted shares outstanding of the company as of the latest filing date Number of shares held by investor Change in the number of shares held by an THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 129 OF 235 Owner Type Insider Holders Default Data Items TF OP OwnerPctPosChg TF OP PositionDate TF OP FilingType TF OP OwnerEquityAssets TF OP OwnerlInvestmentStyle TF OP OwnerTurnover2 TF OP OwnerlnvestorSubType TF OP InvestorCity TF OP InvestorCountry TF OP OwnerInsiderName TF OP InsiderRelationship TF OP InsiderDirectHoldings TF OP InsiderIndirectHoldings TF OP InvestorTransactioninsiderDa te Chapter 11 Report Builder Definition of Data Item Percentage change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Date of shares reported Description of filing sources for shares reported Total value of the holdings of an investor as of the filing dates of the holdings in each stock Investment style for investor owner such as Aggressive Growth This is derived from the style of the cons
269. ports e 20 F Filings Click Thru also provides company specified details on all standardized and as reported including derived data items for Reuters Financials A E Click Thru Viewer ibm Ticker INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHS Country UNITED STATES I Format Edited N INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHS IBM N Industry Technology 4 _ COST OF GOODS SOLD EXCL DEPRECIATION 47 215 000 000 00 Edit this number _ Sector Software amp Computer Services Total cost pp 51 973 000 000 0 Exchange NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE INC Cost of sales pp 49 000 000 0 Reference Information Depreciation pp 3 773 000 000 0 Most Recent Fiscal Year Displayed Latest Amortization of intangibles pp 1 221 000 000 0 Latest Fiscal Year End 12 31 2009 Latest Period at fences ner ech OOO A nen anr nannnnn n am LV Save to POF A Print Total cost 51973 57 969 57 05 Annual Income Statement Currency USD 12 31 2009 Net Sales or Revenues Gross profit 43 785 45 661 AL 23 Expense and other income Selling general and administrative 20 952 23 386 22 06C Research development and engineering Q 5820 6 337 6 152 Intellectual property and custom development income 1 177 1 153 OS Other income and expense 351 298 62 Interest expense K amp L 402 673 41 Total expense and other income 25 647 28 945 27 24 Income from continuing operations before income taxes 18 138 16 715 14 435 Provision for income taxes P 4 713 4 38
270. preadsheet Link toolbar click RV THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 203 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 20 Refresh Cells Chapter 20 Refresh Cells You can manually refresh some or all of the data in your Excel workbook This section does not pertain to real time data see Enable or Disable Real Time Data on page 202 which updates dynamically Excel automatically updates cells dependent on a value or formula whenever the value or formula changes This is a default setting in Excel that you can modify Refresh Selected Cells Refresh You can refresh Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link data in a single cell or group of cells The new data overwrites the old data in the selected cell s For example you can use this option to retrieve updated Last Close Price data in a cell or entire column as this data changes daily To refresh a cell or group of cells 1 In your spreadsheet highlight the cell s that you would like to update 2 From the Refresh drop down on the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar choose Refresh selected cell s 3 Click EI Refresh the Active Worksheet Refresh You can refresh all Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link data in the Excel worksheet that you are currently viewing For example you can use this option to update a company s single page tearsheet each morning to get the most current data To recalculate and refresh all of the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link data in the active workshee
271. ption box Select a location for the expression or click New Folder type a name for the new folder and click OK Select a security level for the expression Click Save You can view a Saved expression or use one as a data item When you view or use an expression as a data item you cannot see or reset its parameters NOW If you create and save an expression as a time series expression by setting its default start date end date and or frequency you can later access that expression through the Data Item tab change the start date end date and or frequency and export the expression with the new temporary time series parameters The saved expression retains the default start date end date and or frequency To see an expression s parameters edit an expression or temporarily reset an expression s time series parameters for a single export see Edit a Saved Expression see Edit a Saved Expression Expression Builder on page 60 Edit a Saved Expression Expression Builder After you save an expression see Save an Expression Expression Builder on page 59 you can access it to view it reuse it edit it or use it to build another expression see Build an Expression from a Saved Expression Expression Builder on page 61 When you create an expression you can set parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 on each data item in it When you create or edit an expression the only parameters you can set for
272. r click I Add LS H dis 2 Click RE 3 Click Create Expression 4 Inthe Expression Builder dialog create an expression on page 143 and click OK 5 To add a condition for example greater than or equal to click the arrow next to the greater than gt sign and click a condition THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 143 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 12 Screen Builder 6 Inthe field on the right type a value or click the arrow of the blank drop down on the right and click Select a Data Item on page 142 Create an Expression see Filter by Custom Expression Screen Builder on page 142 or Reference a Cell 7 To add another custom criterion to your screen click the arrow next to OK and click And Or or Xor exclusive or and select custom criterion 8 Click OK To create a custom expression 1 Click the Data Items tab 2 Locate a data item by name or category 3 To seta parameter for the data item see Set Parameters for Data Items 4 To add a data item to the end of an expression a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression End of Expression 5 To add a data item at the location of the cursor in the Expression box a Choose the data item you want to add to the expression b Place your cursor in the location within the Expression box that you want the data item to appear c Click the Add to Expression dro
273. r Delete To save the watchlist click lal and see Save a Funded Portfolio or Watchlist on page 117 Click OK Look Up a Data Item L Locate a data item by name or category To locate a data item by category T 2 From the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Item area click a data item To set the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 To locate a data item by name 1 Inthe Item box type a full or partial data item name 2 Inthe Category area click a category that has a positive number of results in parentheses 3 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 4 Inthe ltem area select a data item THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 150 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking To set the parameters for the data item see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Lear
274. r determines whether the period of data being referred to changes as you move from your start to end date or whether it remains the same The default value is true meaning that the period end date of the data returned depends on what data is available for the date requested When set to false the period end date of the data you have retrieved is the same for all data points returned Enumerations 1 True O False Scale Parameter The Scale parameter allows you to set the format for the numeric values in your file The Scale default is None Enumerations e Billions or 9 digits e Millions or 6 digits e Hundreds or 3 digits e None Show Excluded Estimates Parameter See Include Excluded Estimates see Include Excluded Estimates Parameter on page 18 Show Stopped Estimates Parameter See Include Stopped Estimates see Include Stopped Estimates Parameter on page 18 Sort Date Parameter The Sort Date parameter is for Ownership data items It sorts lists of data from multiple periods in the same order allowing you to compare data across periods more easily THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 23 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Sort Direction Parameter The Sort Direction parameter determines the direction in which Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link sorts the function results ascending or descending This parameter works in conjunction with the Owner Filter see Owner Filter Para
275. rame select Time Series 2 From the Reporting Basis drop down select Fiscal Year Fiscal Semi Annual Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Interim 3 From the Date Relationship drop down select Absolute Relative or Last a To select an absolute time series select Absolute from the Date Relationship drop down and then make selections in the From and To drop downs b To select relative periods select Relative from the Date Relationship drop down and select the Offset with the up and down arrows Offsets allow you to select historical parameters where the current date is zero For example a fiscal year with a 2 offset is two fiscal years ago c To select the last oof the Reporting Basis you selected select a number with the up and down arrows in the Last box To select a single period for your report 1 Inthe As Reported tab of Report Builder under Time Frame select Single Period 2 Inthe Period box click the down arrow and select a period If the period you want does not appear click more see Date and Period Builder on page 212 and click OK Adjust and Apply Formats Report Builder From the Format section you can choose various layouts After selecting a layout you can also apply additional formatting options to your report To format reports 1 Inthe Format area click Options 2 Toinclude a title in the report click the check box and type a name in the Title box 3 When available click the check boxes to show or hide
276. report date of the company FilingDate Aligns data with the fully reported filing date of the company This is the date on which the company files its financial statements with the SEC or other governing body Available for financials content only PrelimOrFiling Aligns data with PrelimDate if data is available If data is not available as of PrelimDate then aligns with FilingDate Available for financials content only Brokers Parameter The Brokers parameter defines which specific brokers to include or exclude from Detail or Custom Summary calculations If you do not specify the Brokers parameter the calculation defaults to the Broker Settings in Options If you do not specify Broker Settings then the calculation defaults to include all brokers Note that when referencing brokers the broker code is used not the broker name for example broker code BEAR is used not broker name Bear Stearns amp Co To include brokers in your calculation use the symbol in your THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 15 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Brokers parameter To exclude brokers in your calculation use the symbol in your Brokers parameter see enumerations below Enumerations Brokers MERRILL BEAR Include only estimates from Merrill Lynch and Bear Stearns amp Co in the calculation Brokers MERRILL Include estimates from all brokers except for Merrill Lynch in the calculation Cale
277. ria Click Search To filter data items type a data item or the beginning of a data item in the Filter box Select data item s and parameters d Click Add 3 Make additional data item selections delete a data item by highlighting it and clicking A Delete or click Close to return to the Report Builder THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 125 OF 235 Owner Types Report Builder Owner Type Default Data Items All Shareholders A TF OP InvestorName TF OP PctOwnership TF OP Position TF OP PositionChg TF OP PctPosChg TF OP PositionDate TF OP FilingType TF OP OwnerEquityAssets TF OP OwnerlnvestmentStyle TF OP OwnerTurnover2 TF OP OwnerlnvestorSubType TF OP InvestorCity TF OP InvestorCountry Chapter 11 Report Builder Definition of Data Item Name of owner The percent of total shares outstanding that an investor holds of a company It is calculated by dividing the investor share position in a company by the adjusted shares outstanding of the company as of the latest filing date Number of shares held by investor Change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Percentage change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Date of shares reported Description of filing sources for shares reported Total value of the holdings of an investor as of the filing dates of the holdings in
278. rkbench e 190 Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder e 57 59 61 62 Search for Identifiers Before Exporting Data Item Lookup 7 9 13 Search for Proprietary Data Items Proprietary Data Manager 167 168 Select a Date Data Item Lookup 10 60 159 Select a Time Frame for your Report Report Builder 138 Select Data Item Aggregate Builder 44 45 Set a Parameter for a Function Expression Builder 62 63 68 Set Default Link Options Linking 171 173 175 177 Set Parameters Data Item Lookup 7 9 15 45 52 58 60 64 65 67 129 148 156 157 164 Set Parameters for Data Items Expression Builder e 57 60 Set Standardized Names Linking 171 172 174 176 179 Set Time Series Parameters for Expressions Expression Builder 67 Show Excluded Estimates Parameter 24 Show Stopped Estimates Parameter 25 SIN Mathematical Functions 73 95 99 Size Linked Objects to Fit into Word Text Boxes and Tables Linking 175 SLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 73 82 92 SLOPESTD Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 73 82 93 Sort Date Parameter 25 29 Sort Direction Parameter 21 25 29 SORT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions 73 103 SORT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions 73 103 SORT_INDIRECT_ASCEND Miscellaneous Functions 73 103 SORT_INDIRECT_DESCEND Miscellaneous Functions 73 103 104 Sor
279. rn the fiscal period end date for the selected data item TF MSFT FEELER Formula EEE PEDANE r ER Priceclose sdate Obiy Name Property Expression Properties The NAME property returns the name or function code of the expression top most function or data item F x NAME_Property fx function function on Sa You can use this function to return the name of the selected data item i TF MSFT Function Call Sample Formula pop NAME TF PR PriceClose sdate 0D Calculation Date Property Expression Properties The Calculation Date Property function PROP_CALCDATE returns the calculation date of the expression The Any parameter accepts an expression even a single item expression The following function returns the date of a Price to Earnings expression TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula DROP CALCDATEI TF PR PriceClose TF ES EPS Mea n FY1 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 73 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder Status Property Expression Properties The Status property returns a code that corresponds to a description of why a function call returns a null value Ifa functioncall does not return a null value then the Status property returns a zero 0 F x Status_Property fx function function You can use this function to return the status for the selected data item TF MSFT EvnctionGallsample bonita PROP_STATUS TF PR PriceClose sdate O
280. rs My Workbench 192 Create an Ownership Report Report Builder 129 Create Data Items Proprietary Data Manager 164 167 168 Create Expression Sub folders My Workbench 191 Create Ranking Sub folders My Workbench 193 Create Screen Sub folders My Workbench 190 Create Subfolders for Watchlists and Portfolios My Workbench e 190 Create Template Sub Folders My Workbench 193 Currency 17 30 Currency Property Expression Properties 70 76 Custom Reports Report Builder 126 Customize Your Export 49 50 52 53 54 55 Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder 45 47 194 Customize Your Export Constituent Lookup 5 6 194 Customize Your Export Data Item Lookup 8 9 10 15 Customize Your Export Expression Builder 58 63 64 65 66 69 194 Customize Your Export Identifier Lookup e 32 33 34 36 37 39 40 41 Customize your Export Multi Factor Ranking e 155 160 161 162 195 Customize Your Export Report Builder 127 130 138 139 Customize Your Export Screen Builder 142 151 152 194 Cut Copy or Paste a Link in a Word document Linking e 183 Index D Data Direction Parameter 18 30 Data Item Lookup 7 61 164 167 225 Data Types Proprietary Data Manager e 164 165 Datastream Country Identification Prefixes 14 31 41 Date and Period Builder 65 66 67 126 138 159 218 223 Date Property Expression Properties
281. rship data items For Ownership data items for which you can set StartNum and EndNum type 1 for only the StartNum or EndNum to retrieve the entire dataset up to 8000 the maximum amount allowed for owners Typing a positive number retrieves the relevant output rows and limits the results up to that row For example if you set StarNum to O and EndNum to 2 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves the first three results 0 1 and 2 Typing a negative EndNum gives you all results from the StartNum that you typed For example if StartNum 10 and EndNum 1 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves all results starting from 10 TK Source Type Parameter The TK Source type allows you to select one of the following sources for a Toyo Keizai Financials data item e Yuho Report e Tanshin Report e Yuho Quarterly with Tanshin for the latest flash update the default The reports cover few foreign companies listed within Japan and no foreign companies listed outside of Japan The contents of the Yuho report are as follows e Al Japanese companies publicly listed in Japan e Japanese companies that are delisted but Toyo Keizai holds their data prior to their delisting e Japanese companies that are not publicly listed in Japan but which Toyo Keizai chooses to cover e AllJ REITs listed in Japan The contents of the Tanshin report are as follows e Japanese companies publicly listed in Japan e Japanese companies that are delisted
282. rt the default AM Bar Graph Chart 6 To select a data item for FX Rates click Data Items and select a data item To choose custom chart data items see Make Data Item Selections Chart Builder on page 49 for other entity types click Data Items and then Add With multiple identifiers you can add only one data item THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 49 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder You can assign an axis to each data item from the associated drop down 7 To reset the relative time frame change the frequency or title of the chart add labels to the x and y axes or remove the legend click Time Frame amp Labels 8 To select a different color scheme for your chart click an icon 9 To view the changes to your chart click Update Chart 10 To export the chart and its numeric data table to Excel click Export For more information on how to customize the export see Customize Your Export on page 52 Tl To close the Chart Builder window click Close Entity Type FX Rates zl Identifier s Y79947 pe new Help Category Custom zl Type WM Color Scheme H 8 A view Ba 0 90 Cl TF FX Rate8id 080 TF FX RateMiddle ar C TF FX RateOffered 0 60 050 0 40 030 0 20 p Au Oc De g t c 8 08 08 08 Make Data Item Selections Chart Builder To select data items 1 2 ER To add data items in the Data Items area click the Add button From
283. s If you import another linked object while the highlighting is on Linking highlights the newly imported object When you turn off the highlights Linking removes them from all the objects in the presentation or document To highlight all linked objects in a document 1 Open the PowerPoint presentation or Word document in which you want like to highlight linked objects 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 on the Linking menu click Highlight THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 173 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking 3 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab and click Highlight 4 To turn off the highlights click Highlight again The default highlight color is yellow but you can change it To set the default color of the highlight 1 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Options In Excel 2003 on the Thomson Reuters menu point to Linking and click Options 2 In PowerPoint or Word 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Options In Excel 2007 or 2010 go to the Linking group on the Thomson Reuters tab click the arrow next to Edit and click Options 3 Next to Highlight Color click the arrow next to the colored box click and or slide for a new color or type the Red Green and Blue values 4 Click Apply 5 Click Done Edit Individual Links Link
284. s embedded when you are in Embedded PowerPoint or Word It appears as an Excel spreadsheet with gridlines Text This is the only selection when you are going to export a single cell from Excel to PowerPoint or Word To export a chart from Excel to PowerPoint or Word highlight the chart on the spreadsheet and select Chart THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 168 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking Lock Link If you update the content in Excel the content does not update in PowerPoint or Word To set default link options see Set Default Link Options see Set Default Link Options Linking on page 168 Set Default Link Options Linking You can set the default for source file charts and tables to export to or import into Power Point and Word as a specific link option see Link Options Linking on page 167 Even though you are selecting a default you can change how to export or import each chart or table when you create the link for it The default determines how Linking imports and exports objects with the Import Selected functionality in PowerPoint see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking on page 163 and Word see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking on page 165 To set the default link option for charts and tables 1 In PowerPoint or Word 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Edit and click Options In Ex
285. s in calculation O false Does not use stopped estimates in calculation Window Size Parameter WindowSize represents the number of calendar days to look back from the calculation date in order to locate estimates A value of 1 represents an infinite number of days which means that Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link includes all estimates in the result Parameter Definitions Categorized List Not every parameter type is available in every category Period Parameters Natural Period see Period and Natural Period Parameter on page 21 Period see Period and Natural Period Parameter on page 21 Time Series Parameters Start Date see Start Date Parameter on page 24 End Date see End Date Parameter on page 17 Frequency see Frequency Parameter on page 18 1 Day Sum see 1 Day Sum Parameter on page 19 Window Size see Window Size Parameter on page 26 Prev Window see Prev Window Parameter on page 22 Advanced Period Parameters Align Type see Align Type Parameter on page 15 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 26 OF 235 Roll Periods see Roll Periods Parameter on page 23 Reporting State Parameters Reporting State see Reporting State Parameter on page 23 Positions Parameters Start Num see StartNum Parameter on page 24 End Num see EndNum Parameter on page 17 Capital Adjustment Parameters Adjustment
286. s whether the value is returning as a stock split and spin off adjusted value or unadjusted for stock splits and spin offs The default value is Adjusted Enumerations Fully Adjusted Adjusted adjusts value for stock splits and spin offs Unadjusted Unadjusted does not adjust for stock splits and spin offs Align Type Parameter Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link retrieves data according to its date The AlignType parameter allows you to specify whether the date of the data aligns with the fiscal period end date PeriodEndDate preliminary report date ReportDate or final filing date FilingDate Align Type only applies when the period parameter is in relative fiscal format i e FYO 1FQ etc If the period is absolute i e FY2007 1FQ2006 etc or calendar i e OCY CY2006 etc then Align Type has no effect If you do not specify an AlignType the system defaults to the preliminary report date The only time there is a difference between the values retrieved using these options is during the short period of time between a company s fiscal period date and preliminary report date or between preliminary report date and filing date As an example for fiscal year 2007 IBM s fiscal period end date was 12 31 2007 preliminary report date was 1 14 2008 and full filing date was 2 26 2008 Enumerations PeriodEndDate Aligns data with the with the fiscal period end date of the company PrelimDate Aligns data with the preliminary
287. sdate end dates edate and period Period is not a parameter for pricing data items Therefore for pricing you need only sdate and edate For Financials and Estimates Period is a mandatory parameter Period parameter options are almost identical to sdate and edate When choosing Financials or Estimates click Select Parameter and the same Date and Period Builder dialog appears as if choosing a sdate edate with the following exceptions e For absolute dates Calendarized and Calendar Month End are not available for the Period parameter e For relative dates Data Offset and Calendarized are not available for the Period parameter e The Period parameter is mandatory for Financial Estimate data items Pricing data items do not have any mandatory parameters Build Dates Date Syntax Throughout Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link wherever a date is required the system provides four methods for selecting a date Enter Parameter Select Parameter Select Data Item and Cell Reference Parameter e Enter Parameter Allows you to type a date manually in any date format available Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link will not check for date syntax and will not return an error message until the data is actually retrieved Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link reads your date entry in the format selected in the Options section e Select Parameter Allows you to select a specific date or dates in the Date and Period Builder on page 212 dialog Click the
288. seseines exten te dE dee dee EVEN cons ELE doe ee de g ee 6 Chapter Data Item Coeur eguegEeeee EES dee EES EE 7 Browse by Category Data Item Lookup tannet inta naer EnAEAnSENEE EA EAA SEEE EEA E nner nananana nanne ena 7 Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup ccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeecesaeeeeceaeeeseaeeesesaaeesecaeesseaaeeeeeeeeseeaeeesseeeeesaaes 8 Set Parameters Data Item LOOKUP ccccccccssscecceccesssseececececssseeececseseassueeececeuseasaeaccesesessaeaceeeceesessaeeeececeessasaeeeeeceeeesaeeseeeceseaaea 9 Learn About Creating a Time Series Data Item LOOKUP cccccccesssscecceccesssseececececsesseeecececcsssssecececsceesseeeeeeeceesesaeeeeeeceesaees 12 Apply an Identifier to a Data Item cccccceeceeeesseeeeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneneneneeeee 12 Customize Your Export Data Item LOOKUP cccccccsessscecccecsessseecececessssseeececsceusasseeceeeccsssseaceeeecuecesaueaeeesecsassaeeceeecesseseeeeecess 14 Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List i ccc3c0 Secs ccsencgaccadadvnececaatencsdaucnecasn scenes oi decd ted sduesios sdedadenesasacdiaeadadetapataaasavabseasdeanscanavans 15 Parameter Definitions Categorized List lt 3 2 c cc cccscccssecunacecadenecasaccnaeecadenesepeceuenena cuecdenscduasensecacadenecasaechacasauetanceacesssenseasseanscasatans 26 Chapter S Identifier LOOKUP 2
289. sheet Link applies the appropriate analytical function to base a time series array of data to a specific value show it as a percent change and or set a relative base identifier Aggregate Type Analytical function that Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link applies to the data item or expression Actual Values Applies no analytical function to data item or expression so data appears in its raw form Applies the INDEXTD see INDEXTD Relative amp Value Percent Change Functions on page 95 function to the data item or expression Rebase Values Applies the INDEX see INDEX Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 function to the data item or expression 100 is the default value You can type or select any value between O and 9999 Applies the RELTD see RELTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 function to the data item or expression You can type or select a relative identifier from Identifier Lookup see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 Relative Percent Change Relative Rebase Values Applies the INDEX see INDEX Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 and RELTD see RELTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 96 functions to the data item or expression 100 is the default rebase value You can type or select any value between O and 9999 Additionally RELTD is nested within the index function You can type or select a relative identifier from Identifier Lookup see Look Up Identifiers on page 122
290. sion Builder 58 59 60 61 Add a Data Item to the End of an Expression Expression Builder 58 59 60 Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder e 57 59 61 63 Add a Function Around an Expression Expression Builder e 57 59 61 63 Add a Function at the Cursor Expression Builder e 57 60 61 63 149 Add a Function to the End of an Expression Expression Builder e 57 59 61 63 Add an Exchange to a Screen Screen Builder 145 Add an Instrument Type to a Screen Screen Builder 146 Add Commonly Used Items to Screening Criteria 143 144 147 Add Custom Criteria to a Screen Screen Builder 141 144 150 Add Exchange Geography Sector or Industry through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder 141 143 Add Geographical Region to a Screen Screen Builder 147 Add Industry or Sector to a Screen Screen Builder 145 Index Add Key Statistics through the Quick List to Screening Criteria Screen Builder e 141 144 Add Key Statistics to a Screen Screen Builder 147 Add the Country of Exchange to a Screen Screen Builder 146 Add Whether a Private Company is Private Equity Backed to Screening Criteria Screen Builder e 141 144 Adjust and Apply Formats Report Builder 126 130 139 Adjustment Parameter e 16 28 164 Advanced Options for Looking up a Private Company or Public and Private Companies Identifier Looku
291. stralia Consumer Goods FTAA30 AUS Ftse Australia Consumer Services FTAA50 AUS Ftse Australia Electronic amp Electrica FTAA2025 AUS Ftse Australia Equity Investment In FTAA8085 AUS X 42 Identifiers 1 Selected See A dvanced Options for Looking up Foreign Exchange Rates Identifier Lookup To see the rate of exchange for one currency for example US dollar or USD to all other currencies you can set only the source currency or only the target currency to that currency and then run your search To look up foreign exchange rates using advanced options 1 2 3 10 Ti TH On the Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers From the Entity drop down select FX Rates From the Keyword drop down select Name Datastream Mnemonic Source Currency Target Currency or TKC Select Starts with Contains or Is Exactly In the textbox type all or part of the exchange rate name for example US Japanese euro etc or the Datastream mnemonic Click y Advanced Options To include a Base Date in your search click the ellipsis in the field next to Base Date a From the calendar select a date b Click OK To include Source Currency in your search click the ellipsis in the field next to Source Currency a From the left box select a currency b click pees c Click OK To include Target Currency in your search click the ellipsis in the field next to Target Currency
292. strings of characters CASE see CASE String Functions on page 109 capitalizes the first character in each word CHARPOS see CHARPOS String Functions on page 109 returns the character at the given position CONTAINS see CONTAINS String Functions on page 109 returns 1 if given text is found within the string THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 109 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder DOES MOT CONTAIN see DOES _NOT_CONTAIN String Functions on page 110 returns 1 if given text is not found within the string LEFT see LEFT String Functions on page 110 returns the left most characters LOWERCASE see LOWERCASE String Functions on page 110 converts all letters to lowercase RIGHT see RIGHT String Functions on page 110 returns the right most characters STRINGLENGTH see STRINGLENGTH String Functions on page 111 returns the length of the string SUBSTRING see SUBSTRING String Functions on page 111 returns part of the string UPPERCASE see UPPERCASE String Functions on page 111 converts all letters to uppercase CASE String Functions The CASE function returns text where the first letter of each word is capitalized Acceptable parameters include string functions The following formula returns word with the first letter capitalized Function Call Sample Formula TF IBM CASE billy CHARPOS String Functions The CHARPOS function returns th
293. t You can access all the data items available in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link in Data Item Lookup You can select specific data items and apply parameters to them giving you total control and full transparency of the calculation methodology Browse by Category Data Item Lookup To browse for a data item 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Data Items 2 From the drop down select an entity type 3 Specify one or more identifiers by typing see Type Identifiers Manually Before Exporting Data Item Lookup on page 12 searching for see Search for Identifiers Before Exporting Data Item Lookup on page 12 or referencing a cell that contains them see Reference Identifiers by Cell Before Exporting Data Item Lookup on page 14 4 From the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree 5 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Item area click a data item 7 To set the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 8 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 9 To export the data item click Export To customize the export see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Da
294. t 1 From the Data drop down on the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar choose Refresh active worksheet 2 Click E Refresh a Workbook You can refresh all of the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link data in the open Excel workbook For example you can use this option to update your portfolio each morning to retrieve all the latest data You could have one worksheet with a list of stock prices one with a chart of the percentage allocation within the portfolio one with metrics detailing companies performance over time or others that include any other information you would like to track To recalculate and refresh all of the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link data in the workbook 1 From the Data drop down on the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar choose Refresh Workbook 2 Click E THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 204 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 21 Calculation Mode Chapter 21 Calculation Mode You can prevent Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link from updating data or adding new values by turning the calculation mode from Automatic to Manual When you are in Manual calculation mode no values on your spreadsheet update For example you can use Manual calculation mode if you are making changes to an expression but do not want the values to update in it or if you want to add a data item to your spreadsheet but do not want values to accompany the data item If you export a function call to your spreadsheet while y
295. t CalcDate and PeriodEndDate Status Codes Data Item Lookup Status returns a code that corresponds to a description of why a function call returns a null value If a function call does not return a null value then Status returns a 0 The table below shows the definitions for each status number that is returned when you query a data item property Status for example TF PR PriceClose Status Status Number Description 0 Success d Permission Denied 2 Date Permission Exceeded 3 Not Installed 4 Entity Not Supported for Item 5 Missing Exchange Rate Data 6 Exchange Rate Permission Denied 7 Incompatible Range 8 Quarterized Annual Number 9 Quarterized Semi Annual Number THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 11 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup 10 Null in Aggregate 11 Combined Figure 12 Null Tolerance Exceeded 13 Asset Class Not Supported for Item 14 Update Pending 15 Property Not Available 16 Period Not Supported for Entity 17 Periodicity Not Supported for Item 18 Period Not Available for Calculation 19 Unknown Symbol Learn About Creating a Time Series Data Item Lookup Data items that return time series data have three specific times series parameters start date sdate end date edate and frequency frq Start and end dates define the window of time for which data is requested Frequency defines the intervals for which data is returned within that window When selecting a data
296. t it from the drop down 9 Click the down arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 10 Click the arrow next to Select Objects and select objects THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 165 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking For more information on standard named ranges see Set Standardized Names see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 11 If you have updated added or removed content in the Excel spreadsheet click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected workbook 12 Click the thumbnail of the object that you want to import 13 If you checked Create Link see Link Options Linking on page 167 select the format that you want for the object when it is in Word 14 Click Import 15 In PowerPoint view size and position the results Import a Table into Word from Excel Linking You can import a table from Excel into a Word document To create a table in Excel In Excel highlight the cells that you would like to make into a table Press Ctrl l lowercase L Select whether the table has headers 1 2 3 Inthe Create Table dialog confirm or type the cell range 4 5 Click OK To import a table into Word from Excel 1 Open the Excel worksheet with the table that you want to import into PowerPoint 2 Open the Word document to which you want to import the Excel table 3 To import to Word 2003
297. ta Item Lookup Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link provides multiple output options that you can select from the Output drop down in the third panel of Data Item Lookup The output options available depend on the data item you select When you select an output option other than Value syntax is appended to the formula to reference the chosen output For example if you select Date from the Output drop down Date is appended to the formula From the Data Item Lookup you can retrieve dates automatically by selecting Date from the Value drop down in the Parameter section for the selected data item You can also export dates from the Export heading The following shows available outputs and their descriptions SO EET ae Value Value of the requested item Date Date associated with the returned data CalcDate Date on which the item was calculated Explanation see Status Codes Data Item 2 Lookup on page 11 of null values Name Name of the data item as it appears in the formula THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 10 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup Description Description of the selected data item DisplayName Display name for the data item Currency in which the data item is BEES denominated PeriodEndDate Period end date for the requested data item Footnote text from Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link for forward looking Footnote estimates In Data Item Lookup you can expor
298. ta Item Lookup on page 14 Erev Type dere Pe Data Item P Category Item profit x mm a ay Parameters Description All 74 Business Gross Profit Basic Parameters z b Custom Expressions Business Net Profit Margin Period Proprietary Data Dealer Trading Account Profit ee sd Ka Dealer Trading Account Profit CSF Natural Peri FYO z Financials Reuters 20 Sae rE Advanced Parameters a b Financials Toyo Keizai 26 ee E Advanced Period Financials Worldscope 4 Gross Profit Ss gt Industry Metrics KPIs 4 Net Profit Margin 5 Yr Avg Align Type PeriodEndDate X b Estimates IBES 0 Net Profit Margin Reporting State b Estimates Toyo Keizai 0 Net Profit Margin Growth Rate 5 Yr log el gt StarMine 6 Reported Gross Profit State as b Pricing amp Performance 0 Reported Gross Profit CSF Null Handling ee 0 SW ee re Include Nuls True a Ratios amp Metrics Time Series 0 pisa aep ES Properties ES ii l Barra Beta Reported Operating Profit CSF Output value X b Private Company 9 d ege Settings A Reported Operating Profit Margin CSF Reported Ordinary Profit Langage Je e i Reported Ordinary Profit CSF S ee E TF RF BGS BusGrossProfitigs period FV0 alignT ype PeriodEndDate teportingState Crig indNulls Trve Language en Required Fields Export 1 Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUID
299. tarts With Contains or Is Exactly In the textbox type all or part of the dentifieryou chose for example Micro or General To include at least one advanced option click Advanced Options To include or exclude at least one country of exchange in your search next to Country of Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries e Click E d Click OK To include or exclude at least one country of incorporation in your search next to Country of Incorporation select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c cic ll d Click OK To include or exclude an exchange in your search next to Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select an exchange To select multiple exchanges hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c cic n d Click OK To search for active or inactive securities only in the text box to the right of Security Status and Equals click the ellipsis a Select Active or Inactive b Click OK Click Show Results If applicable click the triangles in the Search Results box to view security and quote level information To view more information in a pop up select a company right click and c
300. te company e Ownership reports based on a single public company e As Reported reports based on Reuters As Reported data items You can export the data to a spreadsheet and apply various formats to these reports giving them a unique look Custom Reports Report Builder Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Report Builder lets you create custom templates through creating custom reports which apply data items you select to identifiers an identifier or value from a cell on your spreadsheet a saved list or a saved screen You can create various types of reports using Single Period or Time Series data You can also apply various formats to these reports For your report you can create a list of identifiers look up an identifier reference a cell import a saved list or import a saved screen The entity type you choose limits the available data items to those that apply to the entity type To create a custom report 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Report Select an Entity Type Specify your identifier s on page 121 Select a time frame Single Period or Time Series vk WM Select Start date End date and Frequency information To view date options see Date and Period Builder on page 212 click the corresponding drop downs 6 Add data items see Make Data Item Selections for a Custom Report Report Builder on page 123 by clicking the Add icon 7 To change the currency for the data items
301. te r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the correlation coefficient of the regression used to calculate average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATEC TF FN EPS period FY0O sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 79 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder RATED Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Growth Rate Slope Error function RATED function returns the standard error of the slope of the growth rate over a period of time RATED returns the standard error of the slope of the regression used to calculate least squares growth rate LnXt atbtt where X is the variable t is the time and the growth rate r equals eb 1 In this case X is the data item specified in the Formula parameter The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the standard error of the slope of the regression used to calculate average annual least squares growth rate of IBM s EPS over 12 years TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RATED TF FN EPS period FY0O sdate 0 edate 11 frq FY DW RATEE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Growth Rate Estimated Error function RATEE function returns the estimated error of the growth rate over a period of time
302. ted average of all the stocks in the index weighted by market cap e Portfolio Shares is the weighted average of all the stocks in a portfolio weighted by portfolio shares held Portfolio Shares is valid only on portfolios e Shares Outstanding is the weighted average of all the stocks in the index weighted by shares outstanding Save a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder You can save a custom aggregate with a name and a description Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link saves your selections for identifiers weighting method and null tolerance with the aggregate Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not save your selections for expression data item or aggregate type with the aggregate If you open a saved aggregate and make changes to it you can Save it as a new aggregate by clicking Save As or override the previous version of the aggregate by clicking Save THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 43 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 6 Aggregate Builder To save a custom aggregate 1 After creating a custom aggregate click id seve To create a separate aggregate from a saved aggregate that you have opened and edited see Open a Saved Aggregate Aggregate Builder on page 43 click 2 Inthe Save Aggregate dialog type a name for your custom aggregate When you export the aggregate to a spreadsheet you can opt to export this name to the spreadsheet To include a description for the aggregate type it in the Description box S
303. tegory Expression Builder on page 58 or searching by keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 2 Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression End of Expression Add a Function Around a Selected Part of an Expression Expression Builder To add a function to a selected part of an expression 1 Choose the function you want to add to the expression by browsing by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or searching by keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 2 Highlight the part of the expression that you want to surround with the function 3 Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression Surround Selected Add a Function Around an Expression Expression Builder To surround an expression with a function 1 Choose the function you want to surround the entire expression by browsing by category see Browse for Functions by Category Expression Builder on page 58 or searching by keyword see Search for Functions by Keyword Expression Builder on page 57 2 Inthe Add to Expression drop down click Add to Expression Surround Expression Browse for a Data Item by Category Expression Builder To browse for a data item 1 From the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree 2 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items
304. tential investment opportunities by screening for companies create a ranking for companies using multiple data items or expressions as factors incorporate custom expressions into your analytical models and reports view Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link s templates or create and upload your own manage your templates custom watch lists portfolios expressions screens and aggregates view the constituents of custom portfolios watch lists and benchmark indexes upload your company s proprietary or custom data including text calculations or other values build custom aggregates to track groups of securities over time and compare individual securities to custom peer group averages look up tickers and other company identifiers indexes exchange rates and data items including real time fundamental estimate and pricing data click Reuters financials or Worldscope data item values to open and view their original source documents so that you can validate or audit the items set refresh options user options and global defaults THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 2 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 2 Template Library Chapter 2 Template Library Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Template Library allows you to access your saved templates and Thomson Reuters templates from one centralized library You can upload templates to the Thomson Reuters server and give them names and descriptions View Templates Template Library
305. tes Input Date mm dd yyvy e Entitlements Output Date midiyyyy H REN Currency NATIVE Zs Statistic Currency United States dollar e Display Language English z Export Settings for Calendar Resources Exchange Calendar Five day X Fiscal Calendar Vendor Specific X L oe Change Input Date Settings Options The Input Date global format default is m d yyyy You can however choose a different date format and change this setting For example if you live in Europe you may want to change the date format to dd mm yyyy because that is one commonly used in that region See the Input Date drop down in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link for a list of acceptable formats To change the input date setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Input Date drop down make your selection 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Change Output Date Settings Options The Output Date global format default is mm dd yyyy You can however choose a different date format and change this setting For example if you live in Europe you may want to change the date format to dd mm yyyy because that is one commonly used in that region See the Output Date drop down in the Options dialog of Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link for a list of acceptable formats To change the output date setting on a global level 1
306. tfolio Builder Create a Funded Porttouio cisco enydd eyin er eap ELNE as I ERENNERT EE EES cedeyws IMporta Funded Eogptolg PAA E E dee A A A E E eege Savea Funded Portfolioior Watchlists coriaria panao adie taa ara a A Sn Aa 20 exons Seege E Ea E AAE E tua EAA EAE el 117 Chapter 10 Watchlist Build E 118 Create a Watchlist EE 118 Import a Watchlist TTT 118 Chapter 11 Report Bui els eessen SEENEN EEN 120 Custom Reports Report Builder cccccceeccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeseaeeeeceaaeeecaeeeseeaeesceeaeesscaaeesseaeesecaeesseeaeesecceeeeseneeeeeeeeeeneaeees 120 Ownership Reports Report Builder cccccccceececeeneeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeceaeeesceaeeesesaeeseeeeeeeseaeeescceeeesseaeesseeeeeeeeeaeeeseieeeeseaeeees 123 Reuters As Reported Fundamental Data Reports Report Builder cc cccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesecaeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeieeeeneee 130 Adjust and Apply Formats Report Builder c cccccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseaeeeeeaeeesceaeeeeeaeeesscaeeeeceeaeeeseaeeesesaeesseeeeesenaeeseeeees 132 Customize Your Export Report Builder 0 cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeesaeeeeceaeeeeceaeeeseaeeeecaeeeecaeeessaeesseaeeeessaeeessaeeeeseeeees 132 Chapter 12 Sereen BUI DI 134 Build a Screen Screen Builder EE 134 Savea Screen Screen Builder E 144 Open a Screen Screen Builder tes dees e viseesds cedeis us Eege cscs sence E Ea EEEE a Aer aaa AES aa clscendu
307. the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 In the Item area click a data item To set the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 To view detailed information about the data item use the Information Viewer see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 Click Add Create a Total Return Chart Chart Builder A total return chart presents the actual rate of return for a stock over a period of time that includes the reinvestment of dividends Chart Builder displays single and multiple securities in a line chart You can also view THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 50 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 7 Chart Builder data for every total return chart in a numerical table format Once you export a chart you can further customize a chart s display by applying all of Excel s powerful chart modifying tools To create a total return chart 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Chart 2 From the drop down select an entity type The entity type you select determines the availability of each kind of chart 3 Inthe Identifiers box type one or more identifiers up to seven separating each with a space or to search for a co
308. the Entity Type drop down select Company 3 Specify the identifiers for your report see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 4 Inthe Ownership tab select a view from the Owner Type see Owner Types Report Builder on page 125 drop down 5 To select a period in addition to the most recent period select an available period to highlight it and click Add To select a period other than the most recent period select Most Recent to highlight it click Remove select at least one available period and click Add 6 To view all ownership of the selected owner type from the selected period click All To view top holders click Top type a number up to 8 000 and select to search by value value change position pos or position change pos chg 7 Add data items by clicking the Add icon For more information on making data item selections see Make Data Item Selections for an Ownership Report see Make Data Item Selections for an Ownership Report Report Builder on page 124 8 Select a format grouping the data by items or period To add more formatting click Options For more information on formatting see Use Format Options see Adjust and Apply Formats Report Builder on page 132 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 124 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder 9 To export a data table to a spreadsheet click Export To customize your export options see Customize Your Export see Customize Your Export Rep
309. ticker IBM has MarketCap greater than 1 billion AND less than 999 billion TF IBM AND TF PR MarketCap scale 9 gt 1 Function Call Sample Formula TF PR MarketCap scale 9 lt 999 IF Logical Functions The If function IF checks a boolean input and provides ability to evaluate two separate expressions conditionally one expression if true and another expression if false The Condition parameter is a boolean expression The True Result parameter is expression to evaluate if boolean input is true OR Logical Functions The OR function returns a value of O false if the two conditions you include in the function both return a value of O false F x OR fx1 fx2 or F x fx1 OR fx2 function or list The first of two functions or lists that you are ascertaining to be true or false The first of two functions or lists that fx2 function or list SS you are ascertaining to be true or false XOR Logical Functions The XOR function returns a value of 1 true if one of the conditions you include in the function returns a value of 1 and the other returns a value of O false F x XOR fx1 fx2 EI or F x fx1 XOR fx2 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 89 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder function or list The first of two functions or lists that you are ascertaining to be true or false The first of two functions or lists that fx2 function or list we you are
310. ticker specified in the Formula parameter against the same item for the ticker specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 85 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder The following function returns the R Square of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price percent change of S amp P 500 TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula RRSQUARE SPX TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 199 frq d RSLOPE Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions The Relative Slope function RSLOPE returns the slope of a simple linear regression of a specific data set of a ticker against the same data set of another ticker Slope quantifies the steepness of the regression line between two variables X and Y in a simple linear regression It equals the change in Y for each unit change in X In this case the Y variable is the data item for a ticker specified in the Formula parameter and the X variable is the same item for the tickers specified in the Identifier parameter The Identifier parameter accepts a ticker The Formula parameter accepts a time series data set The following function returns the slope of the linear regression of 200 day price percent change of IBM against 200 day price percent change of S amp P 500 which can also be called Beta TF IBM Function C
311. ting Functions e 69 103 Specify Identifiers Aggregate Builder 44 45 Specify Identifiers Report Builder Ownership 130 Split Type Parameter 25 28 SQRT Mathematical Functions 73 95 100 Start Date Parameter 25 27 65 66 67 StartNum Parameter 25 28 Statistical Functions e 69 104 Status Codes Data Item Lookup 11 Status Property Expression Properties e 73 76 79 STD Statistical Functions 73 104 109 STDERR Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions 73 82 93 STDP Statistical Functions e 73 104 109 String Functions 69 114 STRINGLENGTH String Functions 73 115 117 SUBSTRING String Functions e 73 115 117 SUM Statistical Functions 73 104 109 Symbol Lookup Proprietary Data Manager 168 Index T TAN Mathematical Functions 73 95 100 Template Library 3 226 Text Available Availability Functions e 73 74 75 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link 2 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link Consulting Services and Support 228 TK Source Type Parameter 26 30 Type Identifiers Manually Before Exporting Data Item Lookup 7 9 13 U UP_SEQ Statistical Functions e 73 105 110 Upload Templates My Workbench 193 Upload Templates Template Library 3 216 UPPERCASE String Functions e 73 115 118 Use Excluded Estimates Parameter 26 29 Use Stopped Estimates Parameter 27 29 Use the Recycle Bin My Workbench e 190 191
312. tituent stocks which is in turn derived from the earnings of the companies Turnover is a measure of the churn in an owner s portfolio the buying and selling that take place over a period of time Thomson Reuters calculates investor turnover after analyzing its previous 12 quarters 36 months of portfolio holdings More detailed breakdown of Investor Type such as Pension Fund or Holding Company City in which investor is located Country in which investor is located Name of insider Relationship of insider to issuer such as CEO or director Shares that are held in the name of the insider Shares that are controlled by the insider yet are held by another entity such as a family member a trust a company plan or even a corporation to which the insider is affiliated In many cases the same block of indirect stock may be claimed by several insiders such as a group of trustees over the same trust or several partners in the same partnership Date of transaction THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 130 OF 235 Chapter 11 Report Builder Owner Type Default Data Items Definition of Data Item Insider Transactions 5 TF OP InsiderSource TF OP OwnerlnsiderName TF OP InsiderRelationship TF OP InsiderlndirectIndicator TF OP InsiderNumShares TF OP InsiderTransactionType TF OP InsiderPrice TF OP InsiderMarketVal TF OP InsiderSource TF OP InsiderDirectHoldings TF OP
313. to PowerPoint see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into PowerPoint Linking on page 163 or Word see Perform a Quick Import of an Object from Excel into Word Linking on page 165 using Import Selection and the content imports as you set your default in Options see Set Default Link Options Linking on page 168 To import a selection of cells and be able to update the content in PowerPoint see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel see Import a Chart Text Graph or Named Range into PowerPoint from Excel Linking on page 162 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 164 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 15 Linking To import the current selection or object on a worksheet into PowerPoint from Excel 1 Open the Excel worksheet that you would like to import into PowerPoint and highlight the portion that you would like to import 2 Open the PowerPoint presentation and slide to which you want to import the Excel content 3 To import to PowerPoint 2003 go to the Linking menu point to Import and click Import Excel Selection 4 Toimport to PowerPoint 2007 or 2010 go to the Thomson Reuters Linking group on the Insert tab click the arrow below Import and click Import Excel Selection 5 In PowerPoint view size and position the results Import into Word from Excel Linking While you are working in a saved PowerPoint presentation or Word document you can import content fro
314. tor between two selected filing dates Percentage change in the number of shares held by an investor between two selected filing dates Date of shares reported Description of filing sources for shares reported Total value of the holdings of an investor as of the filing dates of the holdings in each stock Investment style for investor owner such as Aggressive Growth This is derived from the style of the constituent stocks which is in turn derived from the earnings of the companies Turnover is a measure of the churn in an owner s portfolio the buying and selling that take place over a period of time Thomson Reuters calculates investor turnover after analyzing its previous 12 quarters 36 months of portfolio holdings More detailed breakdown of Investor Type such as Pension Fund or Holding Company City in which investor is located Country in which investor is located Name of owner Name of parent owner institution of investor THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 PAGE 127 OF 235 Owner Type Firm amp Funds each firm that owns the selected identifier and each fund associated with that firm Default Data Items TF OP PctOwnership TF OP SharesHeld TF OP SharesHeldChg TF OP OwnerPctPosChg TF OP HoldingsDate TF OP FilingType TF OP InvestorTotalEquityAssets TF OP OwnerlnvestmentStyle TF OP OwnershipTurnover TF OP InvestorSubType TF OP InvestorCity TFO
315. ts click Close Import a List To import a list NOUR WHD gt 8 9 Click LG Click Import Saved List From the Search drop down select a search type From the Keyword drop down select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly Type all or part of a name in the textbox Click Go Select a result from the Search Results box The Constituents section populates based on the result item To sort results by a category other than name click the appropriate column head To reverse the order click the column head again To view or hide index details or identifiers constituent information on the right hand side click the corresponding Al l To start a new search click New Search Click OK Import a Saved Screen To import a saved screen Click Le i 2 Click Import Saved Screen 3 To search for a screen by browsing click the appropriate folder in the left pane in the Open Screen dialog 4 To search for a screen by name type all or part of the name in the Search box and click the magnifying glass 5 Click to highlight the screen you would like for your report 6 Click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 123 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 11 Report Builder Make Data Item Selections for a Custom Report Report Builder To make data item selections in the Custom tab of Report Builder 1 To add data items in the Data Items area click the Add button 2 From the Category area click the arrow ne
316. ts to Excel Export options differ by component To customize your export of a data item to Excel 1 After locating a data item by category see Browse by Category Data Item Lookup on page 7 or name see Search by Data Item Name Data Item Lookup on page 8 and setting the parameters for a data item see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 Inthe Data Item Lookup dialog click the Export drop down and choose Export As 3 When exporting a data item select Calculation Type Layout Headers and Clean up criteria from the appropriate drop downs 4 To keep these settings as a default when exporting data select Keep these settings when exporting data 5 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 14 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 4 Data Item Lookup 6 To export the data item to Excel click OK Export the data in Data Item Lookup as Calculation Type Function Calls e Layout Data Items Across Time Seriesi v Headers include Headers Clean up Yes for Arrays T Keep these settings when exporting data d Always show these settings when exporting data L o IL Gi Parameter Definitions Alphabetical List Adjustment Parameter For per share data items the Adjustment parameter control
317. u can create these reports using income statements balance sheets cash flow statements or a single Reuters As Reported fundamental data item and then apply a time frame and format to the report E Report Builder Entity Type Company Identifier s IBM N Custom Ownership As Reported 31 ke Help Data Items Financial Statements Statement Income Statement Single Data Item Reporting State Include Nulls Currency Scale Reporting Basis Date Relationship Build a Report with Financial Statements You can create reports using one of three kinds of financial statements income statements balance sheets or cash flow statements To build a report with a financial statement 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Report 2 Select an Entity Type 3 Specify an identifier on page 121 4 Inthe As Reported tab in the Data Items area select Financial Statements 5 From the Statement drop down select Income Statement Balance Sheet or Cash Flow Statement 6 Select a Reporting State see Reporting State Parameter on page 23 or reference a cell 7 Select whether to Include Nulls or reference a cell 8 Select a currency or reference a cell 9 Select a scale see Scale Parameter on page 23 or reference a cell 10 Select a time frame see Select a Time Frame for your Report Report Builder on
318. u cannot save to your Personal folder while in cache mode Additionally you cannot save an object to a Shared folder while you are in cache mode When your reconnect to the network server Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link synchronizes the objects you saved to your Personal folder with the network server THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 206 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 22 Work Offline or Disable Function Calls Disable Function Calls You can disable non real time functions that contain TF For example you can request data that includes TF in the function call calculate the data see Expression Builder on page 53 and then disable TF function calls The data on your spreadsheet remains the same and does not refresh or recalculate even if the data changes in the markets If you continue to use Spreadsheet Link components while you have disabled TF function calls exporting to your spreadsheet results in a Function calls disabled message You cannot manually refresh data see Refresh Cells on page 203 while you have disabled function calls If you re enable the function calls you can manually refresh see Refresh Cells on page 203 static data To disable TF function calls from refreshing or recalculating 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu click Spreadsheet Link Options 2 Inthe Category area choose Updates 3 Select Disable Function Call Updates 4 Click OK 5 To refresh the data or calculation enable u
319. u do not select a preference results reflect the input of all available brokerages For example if you want to determine detail results from a specific broker you would exclude all other brokerages If you want results from all brokerages except for two brokers you would exclude those two brokers To change your broker settings 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wide 2 Click Broker 3 To filter the list of brokers in the Available Brokers area type a filter such as company or intl in the Filter box The list of brokers updates to match your filter as you type If no filter is entered all available brokers appear 4 From the Available Brokers area select a broker You can select multiple brokers by pressing CTRL and clicking individual brokers 5 To add selected brokers to the Selected Brokers list box click Add 6 To remove selected brokers from the Selected Brokers list box highlight a broker in the Selected Brokers list box and click Remove 7 To include or exclude your selected brokers choose one of the Option buttons Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog View Entitlements Options The content and functionality you can use in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link are based on entitlements You can view the functionality and content for which you have entitlements in the Options dialog To view entitlements 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsh
320. u reference that cell you can apply a different data item expression and or aggregate type and related selections to the saved aggregate To reference a cell 1 Select Reference a Cell 2 On the spreadsheet click the cell with the aggregate that you want to reference The starting cell appears in the text box of the cell reference dialog 3 Inthe cell reference dialog click sl 4 To apply a data item or expression see Create a Custom Aggregate see Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder on page 44 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 44 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 6 Aggregate Builder Customize Your Export Aggregate Builder You can customize your export and set your defaults for future exports to Excel Export options differ by component To customize your export of aggregates to Excel 1 After creating an aggregate click on the Excel spreadsheet where you would like to export your data 2 Click the Export drop down and choose Export As 3 Select an Aggregate Set Calculation Type Layout Output Headers and Clean up criteria from the appropriate drop downs 4 To keep these settings as a default when exporting data select Keep these settings when exporting data 5 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data 6 To export the data item to Excel click OK Aggregate Types Aggregate Builder When you apply an aggregate type Thomson Reuters Spread
321. uae 1 2 Select Display 3 Change the null value error message a Inthe Error Messages area select the option button next to the Null value box b Inthe text box type an error message 4 Change the offline mode error message a Inthe Error Messages area select the option button next to the Offline mode box b Inthe text box type an error message 5 Change the retrieving data error message THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 195 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options a Inthe Error Messages area select the option button next to the Retrieving data box b Inthe text box type an error message 6 Click Apply to save your new settings or Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Connection e2 Change the settings used for display Defaults Identifiers Display Settings Brokers d Display Data Item parameter names Updates Edited numbers from Click Thru Audit As Entitlements Always ask me where to open documents from a different Click Thru source New Click Thru documents to be opened in Regional Display Message to be displayed for Errors Export Null Value Host error message Resources N A Offline mode Host error message Offline Retrieving data Host error message Change Display Settings for Click Thru Audit Options To change default display settings for Click Thru Audit 1 2 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadshe
322. uch as changes is accounting or other standards etc To change global level defaults for reporting state 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon ude 2 Click Defaults 3 From the Reporting State drop down select Originally Reported or Latest Restated Accounts 4 Click OK THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 186 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 17 Options Change Calendar Methodology Defaults Options The calendar methodology is a method of putting companies with different fiscal year ends on a similar basis e _InterimSum sums the last four quarters or two semiannuals e WeightedAnnual methodology takes the annual periods and provides monthly weights to each annual period For example if you were looking for CY2008 data using weighted annual methodolgy for a company that has a December fiscal year end its CY2008 value is the same as its FY2008 value If you were looking for CY2008 data using weighted annual methodolgy for a company that has a June fiscal year end the calendarized value would comprise half of FY2008 and half of FY2009 e WeightedAnnualBlend methodology exists for only IBES data but not IBES Detail This uses the exact same logic as the weighted annual but it mixes both actuals and estimates If you were seeking CY2010 data Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link would be unable to calculate it currently because 2010 has not yet ended Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link coul
323. ultrum BTN Bolivia boliviano BOB e Cell Reference Parameter Allows you to select a cell on your worksheet as the value for the parameter e Select Data Item Calls up another Data Item dialog e Reset Returns the parameter to its default value blank if that was the default 1 To set the date parameter see Select a Date see Select a Date Data Item Lookup on page 9 2 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 3 Click OK Save a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking When you save a ranking you save the data items and expressions in the ranking and the symbols or screen against which you ranked Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link does not save the symbols or screen in your ranking universe THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 152 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking To save a ranking ld Save 2 Inthe Name box type a name 50 characters maximum alphanumeric characters or underscores only no spaces for your ranking 1 After you build a ranking see Build a Multi Factor Ranking on page 147 click 3 To include a description for your ranking type it in the Description box 4 To select a security setting click Security Level drop down 5 Select a location for your screen or click New Folder type a new folder name select a folder location and click OK 6 Click O
324. unctions on page 95 converts time series data to be based to a specified index base value at the start date INDXTD see INDEXTD Relative amp Value Functions on page 95 converts a time series array of values to a cumulative percent change basis INT see INT Mathematical Functions on page 92 the integer part of the number INTERCEPT see INTERCEPT Linear Trend amp Growth Rate Functions on page 77 intercept linear regression against time LEFT see LEFT String Functions on page 110 returns the left most characters LN see LN Mathematical Functions on page 92 natural logarithm LOG see LOG Mathematical Functions on page 93 base 10 logarithm LOWERCASE see LOWERCASE String Functions on page 110 converts all letters to lowercase THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 66 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder MAX see MAX Statistical Functions on page 100 maximum MAX_INDEX see MAX_INDEX Statistical Functions on page 101 position in the time series of the maximum value MEDIAN see MEDIAN Statistical Functions on page 101 median MIN see MIN Statistical Functions on page 101 minimum MIN_INDEX see MIN_INDEX Statistical Functions on page 102 position in the time series of the minimum value NAME PROPERTY see Name Property Expression Properties on page 72 name of the expression NOT_IN see NOT_IN General Functions on page
325. uro To Us 1M Fwd Wmr Y79947 EUR usD 19981231 Euro To Us 1W Wmr Y79952 EUR usD 19981231 Euro To Us 1Y Fwd Wmr Y79953 EUR usD 19981231 5 Bruen Ta lle OM Bud fier Kei Em ncn 10021721 26 Identifiers 1 Selected tio Advanced Options for Looking up a Public Company Identifier Lookup To look up a public company using advanced options 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu click Look up Companies amp Identifiers 2 From the Entity Type drop down select Public Companies 3 If applicable select an identifier type from the Keyword drop down 4 Select Starts With Contains or Is Exactly 5 In the textbox type all or part of the identifier you chose for example Micro S amp P etc 6 Click y Advanced Options 7 To include or exclude at least one country of exchange in your search next to Country of Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c cic ial d Click OK 8 To include or exclude at least one country of incorporation in your search next to Country of Incorporation select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c Cic E d Click OK 9 To include or exclude an exchange in your search next to Exchange select Includes or Excludes
326. ust supply a number that is less than 2 147 483 647 The absolute value or modulus of a real number is its numerical value without regard to its sign For example 3 is the absolute value of both 3 and 3 This func tion returns the absolute value of a single point or time series array Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions The function below returns the 52 week absolute total return for Microsoft THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 90 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder TF MSFT Function Call Sample Formula ABS TF PR TotalReturn52Wk sdate O frq D cleanup 1 datadir down ACOS Mathematical Functions The ACOS function returns the arc cosine of a number in radians between O and pi The arccosine is the angle whose cosine is the number you choose To convert the result from radians to degrees multiply it by 180 number Acceptable parameters include numbers integers and fractions and expressions You can use this function to calculate the arc cosine of 7 6 which will be between O and Pi The function below returns the arc cosine for 7 6 Function Call Sample Formula TF aa ACOS 7 6 ASIN Mathematical Functions The ASIN function returns the arcsine or inverse sine of a number The arcsine is the angle whose sine is a number The returned angle displays in radians inthe range a 2to 2 2 Acceptable parameters include numbers integ
327. utes the average The Statistic Currency global default is United States dollar You can however change this setting to reflect the currency of your choice To change the statistic currency setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon ude 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Statistic Currency drop down make a selection 4 Click OK to save your new setting and close the Options dialog Change Language Settings Options The Language global default is English and currently English is the only option available Change Exchange Calendar Settings Options The Exchange Calendar global default is a five day calendar You can however change this setting to reflect the calendar of a specific exchange or choose to always display a seven day calendar This only applies when the frequency is daily D for trading days in a time series data request For example if you trade on the London exchange and want the pricing data requested to be returned with dates that correspond to United Kingdom exchanges you can change your calendar preference to United Kingdom exchanges To change the exchange calendar setting on a global level 1 From the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar click the Options icon wily 2 Inthe Category area select Regional 3 From the Exchange Calendar drop down make a selection THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 19
328. utton 5 Ifyou have updated added or removed placeholders pages or other content in the Word document click Update Previews to synchronize the object preview window with the selected presentation 6 Click the dowsliden arrow next to Link Options and select link options see Link Options Linking on page 167 7 To set a standard name for a range of cells select the cell group of cells and then click Apply Name see Set Standardized Names Linking on page 169 8 Highlight the cell s table or chart that you want to export 9 Click the thumbnail of the placeholder and page to which you want to export If your document has no placeholders or if you want to export the Excel content at the cursor in the Word document open the Word document to ensure the cursor is where you want it and in the Export Excel Object dialog in Excel select Export at Cursor 10 In Excel in the Export Excel Object dialog click Export T In Word view size and position the results Link Options Linking Linking Option Explanation Create Link Links the content If you edit the content in Excel and refresh the content in PowerPoint or Word the content updates in the slide or document You cannot edit the linked content but you can edit it as a picture in Picture PowerPoint or Word Word Table You can edit linked content that is in a Word Table when you are in Word It appears as a table in Word You can edit linked content that i
329. values click Format Edited Numbers see Change Display Settings for Click Thru Audit Options on page 195 4 Toaddacomment type comment textin the Comments box i To replace the value in the current cell click Update Existing Cell 6 To place the value in a different cell click Update in New Cell type a new cell reference for example B 20 and press Enter Print a Source Document Click Thru Audit After you view a source document you can can print it To print a source document 1 After clicking a hyperlinked value in your spreadsheet click Print 2 Inthe Print dialog click Print Save a Source Document as a PDF Click Thru Audit After you view a source document you can save it as a portable document format PDF To save a source document as a PDF 1 After clicking a hyperlinked value in your spreadsheet click Save to PDF 2 From the Save In drop down navigate to the storage location for the PDF You do not have to type pdf after the name 3 Inthe File Name field type a name for the source document 4 Click Save 5 To close the PDF click the X in the upper right corner Cell Format and Click Thru If you disable Click Thru and format cells that contain data with Click Thru functionality in any of the following ways the formatting remains if you enable Click Thru THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 201 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 18 Click Thru e numbers e Text alignment e
330. ve a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 151 the ranking click Yes Save As Click W 7 Inthe Name box type a name 50 characters maximum alphanumeric characters or underscores only no spaces for your watchlist 8 To include a description for your watchlist type it in the Description box 9 To select a security setting click Security Level drop down 10 Select a location for your ranking or click New Folder type a new folder name select a folder location and click OK Tl Click Close THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 154 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 13 Multi Factor Ranking Change Results Display Multi Factor Ranking To change the results display 1 Generate a ranking see Generate a Ranking Multi Factor Ranking on page 152 2 Toview the results and collapse the criteria area click Ranking Criteria El 3 To sort the results by one column alphabetically or numerically click the column heading To reverse click the column heading again 4 Toadd items as columns to your results click Add Items as Columns a Toadd columns from Multi Factor Ranking select the columns and click Move Up or Move Down b To add a column of anew data item click Add Items see Look Up a Data Item on page 149 and click Add in the Data Item Dialog c Click OK 5 Tochange the currency of the results make a new selection from the Currency drop down in the Results area 6 Tochange the identifier in the
331. ve as Help Base Set Universe Currency index m pow United States dollar z Available Selected 4g Descriptive if Key Statistics Z Custom Criteria CR exit Ra copy X delete Je H Exchanges All Order Criterion Matches C El Baseset TFINDEXSET DOW 30 Instrument Type All bl A ot IN TF InstrumentTypeCode 30 j COM PREF 1 ICB Industry All E 02 IN TF ExchangeCode 30 e XNYS XNAS 1 E ei EN Ro TF PR PriceClose gt 50 14 Country of Exchange All l Add to Criteria gt gt Results gy Save to List D Report Ty Add Columns FX View Screen Criteria Name ThomsonTicker TF InstrumentTypeCode TF ExchangeCode TF PR PriceClose 3MO MMMAN OW we a BOEING CO BA N COM XNYS 51 69 T CATERPILLAR INC DEL CAT N COM XNYS 57 94 CHEVRON CORP NEW CVX N com XNYS 76 76 COCA COLA CO KO N COM XNYS 57 47 i munamo cone Ee CS Ee CSS Close Build a Screen Screen Builder You can build a screen to filter the information you want save your screen and reuse it Ascreen can help you identify target companies by filtering the criteria you choose against your chosen universe Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link filters for companies in steps finding the companies that meet each criterion in order When you build your screen you can include or exclude any of the items from the Quick List whether descriptive elements or key statistical values and or you can build a screen using custom
332. w Entity Type All Entities m Identifier s Search per Expression OF d WL O y D syntax Evaluate Ag E Options lt 2 bs bax ta be bo E3 b G a E G Leg L xor Lui L desss Data Items Functions Category 3 Item EN 4 Parameters Description A 5785 CUSIPS a Advanced Parameters CE R b Custom Expressions Exchange Country Name Si b Descriptive Information 147 Exchange Code Settings a b Financials Reuters 842 Exchange Country 150 There are no settinas for this data item b Financials Worldscope 582 Exchange Name H b Industry Metrics KPIs 205 l indicator Trades Adr b Estimates IBES 3504 a Pricing amp Performance 99 Gem Gegen pe Corporate Actions 18 mary Security Indica Ratios amp Metrics Current 51 Quotation PermiD h _Datine amp Mabrice Tima Cariae Co Security Issue Name S m S Security PermID S M ien cdo Expression 7 New Expression Close Search for a Data Item by Name Expression Builder To search for a data item by name 1 Inthe Item box type a full or partial data item name 2 Inthe Category area click a category that has a positive number of results in parentheses 3 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 4 Inthe Item area select a
333. when exporting data 6 To view the options every time you export select Always show these settings when exporting data THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 39 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup 7 Click OK to export the company equity index exchange rate or IBES Global Aggregate to Excel Export the data in Identifier Lookup as Identifier Type Thomson Ticker e Layout l Down Rows x J Headers Exclude Headers DN _ Keep these settings when exporting data d Always show these settings when exporting data L oe IL oe Datastream Country Identification Prefixes For all markets except the UK and Ireland the first one or two characters plus a colon are a country identification prefix Argentina AR Australia A Austria O Belgium B Bangladesh BN Brazil BR Canada amp Chile GE China CN Columbia CB Cyprus GP Czech Rep GZ Denmark DK Ecuador ED Finland M France FR Mexico Morocco Netherlands New Zealand Norway Pakistan Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Singapore South Africa South Korea Spain Sri Lanka Sweden THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE MN 212 MX MC PK PE PH PO KO SIE PAGE 40 OF 235 Germany Greece Hong Kong Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Italy Japan Kenya Malaysia HN no prefix KN Switzerland Ta
334. wn Rows Output Expresion Syntax S Headers Include Header H Clean up Yes for Arrays z F Keep these settings when exporting data d Always show these settings when exporting data L oe 11 sa Analytical Functions Queries rely on functions and function arguments to retrieve information Functions contain arguments which are item specific components for data retrieval Most arguments have a default values but you can create parameters and filters to retrieve the data that is most important to you Below these function categories is an alphabetical list of all available functions Availability Functions on page 68 Expression Properties on page 70 General Functions see DAYS_BETWEEN General Functions on page 75 Linear Trends and Growth Rates see Linear Trends amp Growth Rates on page 76 Logical Functions on page 87 Mathematical Functions on page 89 Relative amp Value Functions see Relative and Value Functions on page 94 Sorting Functions on page 97 Statistical Functions on page 98 String Functions on page 108 Alphabetical list of all functions ABS see ABS Mathematical Functions on page 89 absolute value ACOS see ACOS Mathematical Functions on page 90 arcosine AND see AND Logical Functions on page 88 aggregates values ASIN see ASIN Mathematical Functions on page 90 arcsine ATAN see ATAN Mathematical Functions on page 90 arctangent AV see AV Availab
335. work with data that is already on your spreadsheet For example if you are connected to the network and add a company s Net Sales or Revenues from two years ago TF FN Sales period FY 2 to your spreadsheet when you disconnect from the network you can still see that number on your spreadsheet and work with it If you change the period to FY 1 however the data does not update while you are in cache mode When you reconnect to the network the Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link toolbar or ribbon shows that you are online once again The data on your spreadsheet automatically synchronizes with current data In the previous example if you change the period from FY 2 to FY 1 while you are are cache mode your spreadsheet updates with the FY 1 data when you reconnect to the network Save Items While in Cache Mode Prior to disconnecting from the network if you have saved an object such as an expression see Save an Expression Expression Builder on page 59 an aggregate see Save a Custom Aggregate Aggregate Builder on page 42 a template see Upload Templates Template Library on page 3 a watch list a portfolio a screen see Save a Screen Screen Builder on page 144 etc to your Personal folder in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link within the last eight hours you can create and save another object to your Personal folder while in cache mode If you have not saved an object to your Personal folder within the last eight hours yo
336. x select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c click E d Click OK 9 To include or exclude at least one currency in your search next to Currency select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a currency To select multiple currencies hold the CTRL key while clicking currencies THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 36 OF 235 MN 212 10 Chapter 5 Identifier Lookup c click E gt d Click OK To include or exclude at least one country of exchange in your search next to Country of Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c cic el d Click OK 11 To include or exclude at least one country of incorporation in your search next to Country of Incorporation select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select a country To select multiple countries hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c Click gt gt d Click OK 12 To include or exclude an exchange in your search next to Exchange select Includes or Excludes a Click the ellipsis b From the left box select an exchange To select multiple exchanges hold the CTRL key while clicking countries c cic E d Click OK 13 To include or exclude an IBES Global Aggreg
337. x weighting source function or list fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the weighted variance of a stock s price return based on the entire population TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula WVARP TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 20 frq D T F PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 20 frq D WSTDP Statistical Functions The WSTDP function returns the weighted standard deviation of population F x WSTDP weight_fx fx THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 108 OF 235 MN 212 Chapter 8 Expression Builder weight_fx weighting source function or list fx source function or list You can use this function to calculate the weighted standard deviation of a stock s price return based on the entire population TF MSFT WSTDP TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 20 frq D TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 20 frq D cleanup 1 datadir down Function Call Sample Formula WVAR Statistical Functions The WVAR function returns a weighted variance F x WVAR weight_fx fx weight_fx weighting source function or list fx source function or list a EEE You can use this function to calculate the weighted variance of a stock s price return based ona sample TF IBM Function Call Sample Formula WVAR TF PR VolumeDaily sdate 0 edate 20 frq D TF PR PriceClose sdate 0 edate 20 frq D String Functions String functions can analyze and return modifications of
338. xt to a category in the expandable tree 3 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 4 Inthe Item area click a data item 5 Toset the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 6 To view detailed information about the data item use the Information Viewer see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 7 Click Add 8 Make additional data item selections delete a data item by highlighting it and clicking X Delete or click Close to return to the Report Builder Ownership Reports Report Builder The ownership data in Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Link allows you to view shareholders of a given security for the purpose of creating tear sheets pitch book pages and creating various shareholder summaries Below are some examples of how you can use this data e Produce a holders firm funds strategic holders etc report of a single security with holders holding position total assets changes investment style and other information e Produce a holders momentum report with historical data e Create a holders report for top n holders in a particular security Create an Ownership Report Report Builder To create an ownership report 1 On the Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Report 2 From
339. y TF PR PriceClose 1146 2003 1143 2009 Create a Multiple Equity Price Chart Chart Builder A multiple equity price chart presents the closing price activity of multiple securities over a period of time Multiple price charts appear as line charts only without volume You can also view data for every price chart in a numerical table format Once you have exported a chart you can further customize its display by applying all of Excel s powerful chart modifying tools To create a multiply equity price chart 1 Onthe Thomson Reuters menu point to Build and click Build a Chart 2 From the drop down select an entity type The entity type you select determines the availability of each kind of chart 3 Inthe Identifiers box type two to seven dentifiers separating each by a space or to search for a company see Identifier Lookup on page 29 click the Look Up Alicon 4 From the Category drop down select Price 5 To reset the relative time frame change the title of the chart add labels to the x and y axes or remove the legend click Time Frame amp Labels 6 To select a different color scheme for your chart click an icon 7 To view the changes to your chart click Update Chart 8 To export the chart and its numeric data table to Excel click Export For more information on how to customize the export see Customize Your Export on page 52 THOMSON REUTERS SPREADSHEET LINK USER GUIDE PAGE 48 OF 235 MN 212 C
340. your aggregate e Type the symbols separated by a comma in the Identifier s box To look up identifiers to include in your aggregate e Click P Lx and click Select an Identifier see Look Up Identifiers on page 122 To include a saved index watch list or portfolio in your aggregate e Click 2i and click Import Saved List see Import a List on page 122 To include a saved screen in your aggregate e Click ZC and click Import Saved Screen see Import a Saved Screen on page 122 Select Data Item Aggregate Builder To select a data item to add to your aggregate 1 From the Category area click the arrow next to a category in the expandable tree 2 To filter the list of data items in the Item area see Filter Data Items see Filter Data Items Data Item Lookup on page 8 3 Inthe Item area click a data item 4 Toset the parameters for the data item in the Parameters tab of the panel on the right see Set Parameters see Set Parameters Data Item Lookup on page 9 5 To view detailed information about the data item see Learn More about a Data Item see Learn More about a Data Item Data Item Lookup on page 8 6 Click OK Weighting Methods Aggregate Builder e Equal Share weights all of the stocks equally It is also known as equal weighted e Equal Dollar is a derived methodology designed so that all of the stocks exert an equal influence on the index level e Market Capitalization is the weigh

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TBMR User Guide  Multibrackets 7 350 022 736 139  XProtect Transact  取扱説明書 _ ・ ` HーTACHー - 日立の家電品  Manual del usuario  Ballet de l`Opéra de Lyon  manuel d`utilisation (PDF, 1.6Mo)  SPR-8000  R32C/100 Series C Compiler Package V.1.01 Assembler User`s  申請の手引き  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file